]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - gas/config/tc-hppa.c
projects / thirdparty / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Adds assembly and dis-assembly support for the HPPA wide
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <ctype.h>
27
28 #include "as.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #else
61 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
109
110 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
111
112 struct unwind_desc
113 {
114 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
115 unsigned int millicode:1;
116 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
117 unsigned int region_desc:2;
118 unsigned int save_sr:2;
119 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
120 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
121 unsigned int args_stored:1;
122 unsigned int call_fr:5;
123 unsigned int call_gr:5;
124 unsigned int save_sp:1;
125 unsigned int save_rp:1;
126 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
127 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
128 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
129
130 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
131 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
132 unsigned int reserved:3;
133 unsigned int frame_size:27;
134 };
135
136 struct unwind_table
137 {
138 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
139 descriptor. */
140 unsigned int start_offset;
141 unsigned int end_offset;
142 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
143 };
144
145 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
146 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
147 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
148
149 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
150 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
151
152 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
153 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
154
155 struct call_info
156 {
157 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
158 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
159
160 /* Name of this function. */
161 symbolS *start_symbol;
162
163 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
164 symbolS *end_symbol;
165
166 /* Next entry in the chain. */
167 struct call_info *ci_next;
168 };
169
170 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
171 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
172 SGL and DBL). */
173 typedef enum
174 {
175 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
176 }
177 fp_operand_format;
178
179 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
180 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
181 (ELF has no need for it). */
182 typedef enum
183 {
184 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
185 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
186 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
187 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
188 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
189 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
190 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
191 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
192 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
193 }
194 pa_symbol_type;
195
196 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
197 individual instructions. */
198 struct pa_it
199 {
200 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
201 unsigned long opcode;
202
203 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
204 expressionS exp;
205
206 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
207 int pcrel;
208
209 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
210 fp_operand_format fpof1;
211 fp_operand_format fpof2;
212
213 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
214 int trunc;
215
216 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
217 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
218 long field_selector;
219
220 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
221 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
222 unsigned int arg_reloc;
223
224 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
225 int format;
226
227 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
228 reloc_type reloc;
229 };
230
231 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
232
233 +--------------+--------------+
234 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
235 +--------------+--------------+
236 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
237 +--------------+--------------+
238 | | |
239
240 . . .
241 . . .
242 . . .
243
244 | | |
245 +--------------+--------------+
246 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
247 +--------------+--------------+
248 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
249 +--------------+--------------+ */
250
251 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
252 struct call_desc
253 {
254 /* The argument relocation specification. */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* Number of arguments. */
258 unsigned int arg_count;
259 };
260
261 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
262 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
263 chain. */
264
265 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
266 {
267 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
268 unsigned int ssd_defined;
269
270 /* Name of this subspace. */
271 char *ssd_name;
272
273 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
274 asection *ssd_seg;
275 int ssd_subseg;
276
277 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
278 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
279 };
280
281 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
282
283 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
284 chain. */
285
286 struct space_dictionary_chain
287 {
288 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
289 as a default space. */
290 unsigned int sd_defined;
291
292 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
293 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
294
295 /* The space number (or index). */
296 unsigned int sd_spnum;
297
298 /* The name of this subspace. */
299 char *sd_name;
300
301 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
302 asection *sd_seg;
303
304 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
305 int sd_last_subseg;
306
307 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
308 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
309
310 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
311 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
317 dictionary entries. */
318
319 struct default_subspace_dict
320 {
321 /* Name of the subspace. */
322 char *name;
323
324 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
325 char defined;
326
327 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
328 char loadable;
329
330 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
331 char code_only;
332
333 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
334 char common;
335
336 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
337 to be multiply defined. */
338 char dup_common;
339
340 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
341 char zero;
342
343 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
344 unsigned char sort;
345
346 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
347 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
348 int access;
349
350 /* Index of containing space. */
351 int space_index;
352
353 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
354 int alignment;
355
356 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
357 int quadrant;
358
359 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
360 int def_space_index;
361
362 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
363 subsegT subsegment;
364 };
365
366 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
367 dictionary entries. */
368
369 struct default_space_dict
370 {
371 /* Name of the space. */
372 char *name;
373
374 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
375 assembly code numerically! */
376 int spnum;
377
378 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
379 char loadable;
380
381 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
382 char defined;
383
384 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
385 char private;
386
387 /* Sort key for this space. */
388 unsigned char sort;
389
390 /* Segment associated with this space. */
391 asection *segment;
392 };
393 #endif
394
395 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
396 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
397 label. */
398 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
399 {
400 struct symbol *lss_label;
401 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
402 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
403 #endif
404 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
405 segT lss_segment;
406 #endif
407 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
408 }
409 label_symbol_struct;
410
411 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
412 struct hppa_fix_struct
413 {
414 /* The field selector. */
415 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
416
417 /* Type of fixup. */
418 int fx_r_type;
419
420 /* Format of fixup. */
421 int fx_r_format;
422
423 /* Argument relocation bits. */
424 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
425
426 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
427 segT segment;
428 };
429
430 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
431
432 struct pd_reg
433 {
434 char *name;
435 int value;
436 };
437
438 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
439 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
440 struct fp_cond_map
441 {
442 char *string;
443 int cond;
444 };
445
446 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
447 string to a field selector type. */
448 struct selector_entry
449 {
450 char *prefix;
451 int field_selector;
452 };
453
454 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
455
456 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
457 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
458 #endif
459
460 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
461 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
462 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
463 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
464 #endif
465 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
466 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
467 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
468 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
469 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
470 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
471 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
472 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
473 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
474 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
475 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
476 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
477 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
478 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
479 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
480 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
481 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
482 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
483 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
484 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
485 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
486 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
487 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
488 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
489 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
490 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
491 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
492 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
493 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
494 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
495 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
496 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
497 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
501 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
502 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
509 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
510 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
511 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
512 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
513 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
514 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
515 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
516 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
517 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
518 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
519 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
520 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
521 int, int, int,
522 asection *, int));
523 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
524 char *, int, int,
525 int, int, int,
526 int, int, int, int,
527 int, asection *));
528 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
529 char *, int, int, int,
530 int, int, int, int,
531 int, int, int,
532 asection *));
533 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
534 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
535 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
536 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
537 subsegT));
538 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
539 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
540 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
541 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
542 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
543 #endif
544 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
545 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
546 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
547 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
548 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
549 int, unsigned int, int *));
550 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
551 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
552 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
553 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
554 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
555 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
556 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
557 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
558
559 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
560 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
561 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
562 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
563 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
564 #endif
565
566 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
567
568 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
569 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
570 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
571 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
572
573 /* The current space and subspace. */
574 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
575 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
576 #endif
577
578 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
579 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
580
581 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
582 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
583 function labels. */
584 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
585
586 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
587 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
588
589 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
590 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
591
592 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
593 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
594 dependent tables? */
595 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
596 {
597 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
598 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
599 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
600 {"align", pa_align, 8},
601 #endif
602 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
603 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
604 #endif
605 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
606 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
607 {"block", pa_block, 1},
608 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
609 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
610 {"call", pa_call, 0},
611 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
612 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
613 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
614 #else
615 {"code", pa_text, 0},
616 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
617 #endif
618 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
619 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
620 #endif
621 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
622 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
623 {"data", pa_data, 0},
624 #endif
625 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
626 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
627 {"end", pa_end, 0},
628 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
629 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
630 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
631 #endif
632 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
633 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
634 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
635 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
636 {"export", pa_export, 0},
637 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
638 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
639 #endif
640 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
641 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
642 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
643 {"import", pa_import, 0},
644 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
645 {"label", pa_label, 0},
646 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
647 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
648 {"level", pa_level, 0},
649 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
650 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
651 #endif
652 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
653 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
654 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
655 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
656 #endif
657 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
658 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
659 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
660 {"param", pa_param, 0},
661 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
662 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
663 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
664 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
665 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
666 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
667 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
668 {"space", pa_space, 0},
669 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
670 #endif
671 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
672 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
673 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
674 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
675 #endif
676 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
677 {"text", pa_text, 0},
678 #endif
679 {"version", pa_version, 0},
680 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
681 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
682 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
683 #endif
684 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
685 {NULL, 0, 0}
686 };
687
688 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
689 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
690 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
691
692 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
693 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
694 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
695
696 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
697 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
698
699 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
700 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
701 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
702
703 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
704 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
705
706 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
707 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
708
709 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
710 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
711
712 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
713 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
714 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
715 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
716
717 static struct pa_it the_insn;
718
719 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
720 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
721 variable. */
722 static char *expr_end;
723
724 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
725 static int callinfo_found;
726
727 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
728 static int within_entry_exit;
729
730 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
731 static int within_procedure;
732
733 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
734 seen in each subspace. */
735 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
736
737 /* Holds the last field selector. */
738 static int hppa_field_selector;
739
740 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
741
742 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
743 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
744 static int strict = 0;
745
746 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
747 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
748 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
749 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
750 register has a `r' suffix. */
751 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
752 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
753 static int pa_number;
754
755 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
756 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
757 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
758 #endif
759
760 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
761 static int print_errors = 1;
762
763 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
764
765 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
766 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
767
768 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
769 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
770
771 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
772 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
773 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
774 again have the value <REGNUM>.
775
776 Many registers also have synonyms:
777
778 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
779 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
780 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
781 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
782 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
783
784 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
785 here for brevity.
786
787 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
788
789 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
790 {
791 {"%arg0", 26},
792 {"%arg1", 25},
793 {"%arg2", 24},
794 {"%arg3", 23},
795 {"%cr0", 0},
796 {"%cr10", 10},
797 {"%cr11", 11},
798 {"%cr12", 12},
799 {"%cr13", 13},
800 {"%cr14", 14},
801 {"%cr15", 15},
802 {"%cr16", 16},
803 {"%cr17", 17},
804 {"%cr18", 18},
805 {"%cr19", 19},
806 {"%cr20", 20},
807 {"%cr21", 21},
808 {"%cr22", 22},
809 {"%cr23", 23},
810 {"%cr24", 24},
811 {"%cr25", 25},
812 {"%cr26", 26},
813 {"%cr27", 27},
814 {"%cr28", 28},
815 {"%cr29", 29},
816 {"%cr30", 30},
817 {"%cr31", 31},
818 {"%cr8", 8},
819 {"%cr9", 9},
820 {"%dp", 27},
821 {"%eiem", 15},
822 {"%eirr", 23},
823 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
824 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
825 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
826 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
827 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
828 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
829 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
830 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
831 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
832 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
833 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
834 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
835 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
836 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
837 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
838 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
839 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
840 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
841 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
842 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
843 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
844 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
845 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
846 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
847 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
848 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
849 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
850 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
851 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
852 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
853 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
854 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
855 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
857 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
858 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
859 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
863 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
866 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
869 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
872 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
873 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
875 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
876 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
878 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
879 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
881 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
882 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
884 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
885 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
887 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
888 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
892 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
896 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
897 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
899 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
900 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
901 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
902 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
904 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
907 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
910 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
913 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
916 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
919 {"%hta", 25},
920 {"%iir", 19},
921 {"%ior", 21},
922 {"%ipsw", 22},
923 {"%isr", 20},
924 {"%itmr", 16},
925 {"%iva", 14},
926 {"%pcoq", 18},
927 {"%pcsq", 17},
928 {"%pidr1", 8},
929 {"%pidr2", 9},
930 {"%pidr3", 12},
931 {"%pidr4", 13},
932 {"%ppda", 24},
933 {"%r0", 0},
934 {"%r1", 1},
935 {"%r10", 10},
936 {"%r11", 11},
937 {"%r12", 12},
938 {"%r13", 13},
939 {"%r14", 14},
940 {"%r15", 15},
941 {"%r16", 16},
942 {"%r17", 17},
943 {"%r18", 18},
944 {"%r19", 19},
945 {"%r2", 2},
946 {"%r20", 20},
947 {"%r21", 21},
948 {"%r22", 22},
949 {"%r23", 23},
950 {"%r24", 24},
951 {"%r25", 25},
952 {"%r26", 26},
953 {"%r27", 27},
954 {"%r28", 28},
955 {"%r29", 29},
956 {"%r3", 3},
957 {"%r30", 30},
958 {"%r31", 31},
959 {"%r4", 4},
960 {"%r5", 5},
961 {"%r6", 6},
962 {"%r7", 7},
963 {"%r8", 8},
964 {"%r9", 9},
965 {"%rctr", 0},
966 {"%ret0", 28},
967 {"%ret1", 29},
968 {"%rp", 2},
969 {"%sar", 11},
970 {"%sp", 30},
971 {"%sr0", 0},
972 {"%sr1", 1},
973 {"%sr2", 2},
974 {"%sr3", 3},
975 {"%sr4", 4},
976 {"%sr5", 5},
977 {"%sr6", 6},
978 {"%sr7", 7},
979 {"%tr0", 24},
980 {"%tr1", 25},
981 {"%tr2", 26},
982 {"%tr3", 27},
983 {"%tr4", 28},
984 {"%tr5", 29},
985 {"%tr6", 30},
986 {"%tr7", 31}
987 };
988
989 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
990 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
991 for < first, we would get a false match. */
992 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
993 {
994 {"false?", 0},
995 {"false", 1},
996 {"true?", 30},
997 {"true", 31},
998 {"!<=>", 3},
999 {"!?>=", 8},
1000 {"!?<=", 16},
1001 {"!<>", 7},
1002 {"!>=", 11},
1003 {"!?>", 12},
1004 {"?<=", 14},
1005 {"!<=", 19},
1006 {"!?<", 20},
1007 {"?>=", 22},
1008 {"!?=", 24},
1009 {"!=t", 27},
1010 {"<=>", 29},
1011 {"=t", 5},
1012 {"?=", 6},
1013 {"?<", 10},
1014 {"<=", 13},
1015 {"!>", 15},
1016 {"?>", 18},
1017 {">=", 21},
1018 {"!<", 23},
1019 {"<>", 25},
1020 {"!=", 26},
1021 {"!?", 28},
1022 {"?", 2},
1023 {"=", 4},
1024 {"<", 9},
1025 {">", 17}
1026 };
1027
1028 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1029 {
1030 {"f", e_fsel},
1031 {"l", e_lsel},
1032 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1033 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1034 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1035 {"ls", e_lssel},
1036 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1037 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1038 {"n", e_nsel},
1039 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1040 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1041 {"p", e_psel},
1042 {"r", e_rsel},
1043 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1044 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1045 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1046 {"rs", e_rssel},
1047 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1048 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1049 {"t", e_tsel},
1050 };
1051
1052 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1053 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1054
1055 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1056 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1057
1058 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1059 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1060 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1061 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1062 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1063 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1064 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1065 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1066 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1067
1068 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1069 {
1070 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1071 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1072 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1073 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1074 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1075 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1076 };
1077
1078 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1079 {
1080 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1081 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1082 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1083 };
1084
1085 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1086
1087 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1088 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1089 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1090 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1091 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1092
1093 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1094 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1095 #endif
1096
1097 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1098 a right or left half of a FP register */
1099 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1100 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1101
1102 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1103 main loop after insertion. */
1104
1105 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1106 { \
1107 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1108 continue; \
1109 }
1110
1111 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1112 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1113
1114 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1115 { \
1116 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1117 { \
1118 if (! IGNORE) \
1119 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1120 (int) (FIELD));\
1121 break; \
1122 } \
1123 }
1124
1125 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1126 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1127
1128 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1129 { \
1130 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1131 { \
1132 if (! IGNORE) \
1133 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1134 (int) (FIELD));\
1135 break; \
1136 } \
1137 }
1138
1139 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1140 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1141 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1142
1143 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1144 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1145 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1146
1147 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1148 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1149 need real complex handling yet. */
1150 #define is_complex(exp) \
1151 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1152
1153 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1154
1155 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1156 proc/procend pairs match. */
1157
1158 void
1159 pa_check_eof ()
1160 {
1161 if (within_entry_exit)
1162 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1163
1164 if (within_procedure)
1165 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1166 }
1167
1168 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1169 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1170
1171 static label_symbol_struct *
1172 pa_get_label ()
1173 {
1174 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1175
1176 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1177 label_chain;
1178 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1179 {
1180 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1181 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1182 return label_chain;
1183 #endif
1184 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1185 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1186 return label_chain;
1187 #endif
1188 }
1189
1190 return NULL;
1191 }
1192
1193 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1194 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1195
1196 void
1197 pa_define_label (symbol)
1198 symbolS *symbol;
1199 {
1200 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1201
1202 if (label_chain)
1203 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1204 else
1205 {
1206 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1207 label_chain
1208 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1209 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1210 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1211 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1212 #endif
1213 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1214 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1215 #endif
1216 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1217
1218 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1219 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1220
1221 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1222 }
1223 }
1224
1225 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1226 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1227
1228 static void
1229 pa_undefine_label ()
1230 {
1231 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1232 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1233
1234 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1235 label_chain;
1236 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1237 {
1238 if (1
1239 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1240 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1241 #endif
1242 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1243 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1244 #endif
1245 )
1246 {
1247 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1248 if (prev_label_chain)
1249 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1250 else
1251 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1252
1253 free (label_chain);
1254 break;
1255 }
1256 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1257 }
1258 }
1259
1260 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1261 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1262 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1263 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1264 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1265 tc_fix_data field. */
1266
1267 static void
1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1269 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1270 fragS *frag;
1271 int where;
1272 int size;
1273 symbolS *add_symbol;
1274 offsetT offset;
1275 expressionS *exp;
1276 int pcrel;
1277 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1278 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1279 int r_format;
1280 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1281 int* unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1282 {
1283 fixS *new_fix;
1284
1285 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1286 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1287
1288 if (exp != NULL)
1289 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1290 else
1291 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1292 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1293 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1294 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1295 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1296 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1297 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1298 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1299 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1300 new_fix->fx_offset = *unwind_bits;
1301 #endif
1302
1303 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1304 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1305 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1306 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1307 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1308 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1309 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1310 }
1311
1312 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1313 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1314
1315 void
1316 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1317 expressionS *exp;
1318 {
1319 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1320 expression (exp);
1321 }
1322
1323 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1324 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1325
1326 void
1327 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1328 fragS *frag;
1329 int where;
1330 int size;
1331 expressionS *exp;
1332 {
1333 unsigned int rel_type;
1334
1335 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1336 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1337 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1338 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1339 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1340 else
1341 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1342
1343 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1344 {
1345 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1346 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1347 }
1348
1349 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1350 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1351 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, NULL);
1352
1353 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1354 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1355 }
1356
1357 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1358 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1359
1360 void
1361 md_begin ()
1362 {
1363 const char *retval = NULL;
1364 int lose = 0;
1365 unsigned int i = 0;
1366
1367 last_call_info = NULL;
1368 call_info_root = NULL;
1369
1370 /* Set the default machine type. */
1371 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
1372 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1373
1374 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1375 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1376 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1377 {
1378 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1379 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1380 }
1381
1382 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1383 pa_spaces_begin ();
1384 #endif
1385
1386 op_hash = hash_new ();
1387
1388 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1389 {
1390 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1391 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1392 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1393 {
1394 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1395 lose = 1;
1396 }
1397 do
1398 {
1399 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1400 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1401 {
1402 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1403 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1404 lose = 1;
1405 }
1406 ++i;
1407 }
1408 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1409 }
1410
1411 if (lose)
1412 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1413
1414 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1415 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1416 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1417 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1418 #endif
1419
1420 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1421 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1422 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1423 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1424 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1425 #endif
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1429 void
1430 md_assemble (str)
1431 char *str;
1432 {
1433 char *to;
1434
1435 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1436 assert (str);
1437
1438 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1439 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1440 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1441
1442 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1443 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1444 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1445 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1446 {
1447 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1448
1449 if (label_symbol)
1450 {
1451 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1452 {
1453 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1454 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1455 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1456 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1457 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1458 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1459 if (within_entry_exit)
1460 {
1461 char *where = frag_more (0);
1462
1463 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1464 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1465 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
1466 (int *)&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1467 }
1468 #endif
1469 }
1470 else
1471 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1472 }
1473 else
1474 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1478 pa_ip (str);
1479
1480 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1481 to = frag_more (4);
1482
1483 /* Output the opcode. */
1484 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1485
1486 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1487 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1488 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1489 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1490 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1491 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, NULL);
1492
1493 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1494 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1495 #endif
1496 }
1497
1498 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1499 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1500
1501 static void
1502 pa_ip (str)
1503 char *str;
1504 {
1505 char *error_message = "";
1506 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1507 const char *args;
1508 int match = FALSE;
1509 int comma = 0;
1510 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1511 unsigned long opcode;
1512 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1513
1514 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1515 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1516 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1517 #endif
1518
1519 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1520 case. */
1521 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1522 if (isupper (*s))
1523 *s = tolower (*s);
1524
1525 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1526 for (s = str; isupper (*s) || islower (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); ++s)
1527 ;
1528
1529 switch (*s)
1530 {
1531
1532 case '\0':
1533 break;
1534
1535 case ',':
1536 comma = 1;
1537
1538 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1539
1540 case ' ':
1541 *s++ = '\0';
1542 break;
1543
1544 default:
1545 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1546 }
1547
1548 save_s = str;
1549
1550 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1551 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1552 {
1553 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1554 return;
1555 }
1556
1557 if (comma)
1558 {
1559 *--s = ',';
1560 }
1561
1562 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1563 start processing them. */
1564 argstart = s;
1565 for (;;)
1566 {
1567 /* Do some initialization. */
1568 opcode = insn->match;
1569 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1570 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1571
1572 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1573
1574 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1575 then set a new architecture. */
1576 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1577 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1578 if (insn->arch < 20
1579 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1580 {
1581 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1582 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1583 }
1584 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1585 {
1586 match = FALSE;
1587 goto failed;
1588 }
1589
1590 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1591 sure that the operands match. */
1592 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1593 {
1594 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1595 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1596 s++;
1597
1598 switch (*args)
1599 {
1600
1601 /* End of arguments. */
1602 case '\0':
1603 if (*s == '\0')
1604 match = TRUE;
1605 break;
1606
1607 case '+':
1608 if (*s == '+')
1609 {
1610 ++s;
1611 continue;
1612 }
1613 if (*s == '-')
1614 continue;
1615 break;
1616
1617 /* These must match exactly. */
1618 case '(':
1619 case ')':
1620 case ',':
1621 case ' ':
1622 if (*s++ == *args)
1623 continue;
1624 break;
1625
1626 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1627 case 'b':
1628 case '^':
1629 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1630 break;
1631 num = pa_number;
1632 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1633 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1634
1635 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1636 is there. */
1637 case '!':
1638 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1639 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1640 s = s + 1;
1641
1642 if (!strncasecmp(s, "%sar", 4))
1643 {
1644 s += 4;
1645 continue;
1646 }
1647 else if (!strncasecmp(s, "%cr11", 5))
1648 {
1649 s += 5;
1650 continue;
1651 }
1652 break;
1653
1654 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1655 case 'x':
1656 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1657 break;
1658 num = pa_number;
1659 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1660 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1661
1662 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1663 case 't':
1664 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1665 break;
1666 num = pa_number;
1667 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1668 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1669
1670 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1671 case 'a':
1672 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1673 break;
1674 num = pa_number;
1675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1676 opcode |= num << 16;
1677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1678
1679 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1680 case 'T':
1681 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1682 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1683 break;
1684 s = expr_end;
1685 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1686 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1687
1688 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1689 case '5':
1690 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1691 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1692 break;
1693 s = expr_end;
1694 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1695 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1696 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1697 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1698 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1699
1700 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1701 case 'V':
1702 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1703 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1704 break;
1705 s = expr_end;
1706 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1707 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1708 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1709 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1710 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1711
1712 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1713 case 'r':
1714 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1715 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1716 break;
1717 s = expr_end;
1718 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1720
1721 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1722 case 'R':
1723 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1724 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1725 break;
1726 s = expr_end;
1727 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1728 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1729
1730 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1731 case 'U':
1732 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1733 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1734 break;
1735 s = expr_end;
1736 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1737 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1738
1739 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1740 case 's':
1741 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1742 break;
1743 num = pa_number;
1744 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1745 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1746
1747 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1748 case 'S':
1749 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1750 break;
1751 num = pa_number;
1752 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1753 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1754 continue;
1755
1756 /* Handle all completers. */
1757 case 'c':
1758 switch (*++args)
1759 {
1760
1761 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1762 case 'x':
1763 {
1764 int uu = 0;
1765 int m = 0;
1766 int i = 0;
1767 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1768 {
1769 s++;
1770 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1771 {
1772 uu = 1;
1773 m = 1;
1774 s++;
1775 i++;
1776 }
1777 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1778 m = 1;
1779 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1780 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1781 uu = 1;
1782 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1783 else if (strict)
1784 {
1785 s--;
1786 break;
1787 }
1788 else
1789 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1790 s++;
1791 i++;
1792 }
1793 if (i > 2)
1794 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1795 opcode |= m << 5;
1796 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1797 }
1798
1799 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1800 case 'm':
1801 case 'q':
1802 case 'J':
1803 case 'e':
1804 {
1805 int a = 0;
1806 int m = 0;
1807 if (*s == ',')
1808 {
1809 int found = 0;
1810 s++;
1811 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1812 {
1813 a = 0;
1814 m = 1;
1815 found = 1;
1816 }
1817 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1818 {
1819 a = 1;
1820 m = 1;
1821 found = 1;
1822 }
1823
1824 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1825 if (!found && strict)
1826 s--;
1827 else
1828 {
1829 if (!found)
1830 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1831 s += 2;
1832 }
1833 }
1834 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1835 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1836 else if (*args == 'e')
1837 break;
1838
1839 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1840 encode the before/after field. */
1841 if (*args == 'm')
1842 {
1843 opcode |= m << 5;
1844 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1845 }
1846 else if (*args == 'q')
1847 {
1848 opcode |= m << 3;
1849 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1850 }
1851 else if (*args == 'J')
1852 {
1853 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1854 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1855 }
1856 else if (*args == 'e')
1857 {
1858 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1859 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1860 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1861 opcode |= a;
1862 continue;
1863 }
1864 }
1865
1866 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1867 case 's':
1868 {
1869 int a = 0;
1870 int m = 0;
1871 int i = 0;
1872 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1873 {
1874 s++;
1875 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1876 m = 1;
1877 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1878 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1879 a = 0;
1880 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1881 a = 1;
1882 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1883 else if (strict)
1884 {
1885 s--;
1886 break;
1887 }
1888 else
1889 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1890 s++;
1891 i++;
1892 }
1893 if (i > 2)
1894 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1895 opcode |= m << 5;
1896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1897 }
1898
1899 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1900 case 'c':
1901 cmpltr = 0;
1902 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1903 {
1904 s += 3;
1905 cmpltr = 2;
1906 }
1907 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1908
1909 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1910 case 'C':
1911 cmpltr = 0;
1912 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1913 {
1914 s += 3;
1915 cmpltr = 2;
1916 }
1917 else if (!strncmp(s, ",bc", 3))
1918 {
1919 s += 3;
1920 cmpltr = 1;
1921 }
1922 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1923
1924 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1925 case 'd':
1926 cmpltr = 0;
1927 if (!strncmp(s, ",co", 3))
1928 {
1929 s += 3;
1930 cmpltr = 1;
1931 }
1932 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1933
1934 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1935 case 'o':
1936 if (strncmp(s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1937 break;
1938 s += 2;
1939 continue;
1940
1941 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1942 case 'g':
1943 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1944 break;
1945 s += 5;
1946 continue;
1947
1948 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
1949 case 'p':
1950 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
1951 break;
1952 s += 7;
1953 continue;
1954
1955 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
1956 case 'l':
1957 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1958 break;
1959 s += 2;
1960 continue;
1961
1962 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
1963 case 'P':
1964 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
1965 break;
1966 s += 4;
1967 continue;
1968
1969 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
1970 case 'L':
1971 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1972 break;
1973 s += 2;
1974 continue;
1975
1976 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
1977 case 'w':
1978 flag = 0;
1979 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
1980 {
1981 flag = 1;
1982 s += 2;
1983 }
1984 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
1985 {
1986 flag = 0;
1987 s += 2;
1988 }
1989
1990 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
1991
1992 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
1993 case 'W':
1994 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
1995 break;
1996 s += 2;
1997 continue;
1998
1999 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2000 case 'r':
2001 flag = 0;
2002 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2003 {
2004 flag = 5;
2005 s += 2;
2006 }
2007
2008 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2009
2010 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2011 case 'Z':
2012 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2013 {
2014 flag = 1;
2015 s += 2;
2016 }
2017 else
2018 flag = 0;
2019
2020 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2021
2022 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2023 case 'i':
2024 flag = 0;
2025 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2026 {
2027 flag = 1;
2028 s += 2;
2029 }
2030
2031 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2032
2033 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2034 case 'z':
2035 flag = 1;
2036 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2037 {
2038 flag = 0;
2039 s += 2;
2040 }
2041
2042 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2043
2044 /* Handle add completer. */
2045 case 'a':
2046 flag = 1;
2047 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2048 {
2049 flag = 2;
2050 s += 2;
2051 }
2052 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2053 {
2054 flag = 3;
2055 s += 4;
2056 }
2057
2058 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2059
2060 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2061 case 'Y':
2062 flag = 0;
2063 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2064 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2065 {
2066 flag = 1;
2067 s += 7;
2068 }
2069 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2070 {
2071 flag = 0;
2072 s += 3;
2073 }
2074 else
2075 break;
2076
2077 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2078
2079 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2080 case 'y':
2081 flag = 0;
2082 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2083 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2084 {
2085 flag = 1;
2086 s += 6;
2087 }
2088 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2089 {
2090 flag = 0;
2091 s += 2;
2092 }
2093 else
2094 break;
2095
2096 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2097
2098 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2099 case 'v':
2100 flag = 0;
2101 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2102 {
2103 flag = 1;
2104 s += 4;
2105 }
2106
2107 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2108
2109 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2110 case 't':
2111 flag = 0;
2112 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2113 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2114 {
2115 flag = 1;
2116 s += 7;
2117 }
2118 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2119 {
2120 flag = 0;
2121 s += 3;
2122 }
2123 else
2124 break;
2125
2126 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2127
2128 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2129 case 'B':
2130 flag = 0;
2131 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2132 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2133 {
2134 flag = 1;
2135 s += 7;
2136 }
2137 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2138 {
2139 flag = 0;
2140 s += 3;
2141 }
2142 else
2143 break;
2144
2145 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2146
2147 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2148 case 'b':
2149 flag = 0;
2150 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2151 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2152 {
2153 flag = 1;
2154 s += 6;
2155 }
2156 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2157 {
2158 flag = 0;
2159 s += 2;
2160 }
2161 else
2162 break;
2163
2164 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2165
2166 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2167 case 'T':
2168 flag = 0;
2169 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2170 {
2171 flag = 1;
2172 s += 3;
2173 }
2174
2175 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2176
2177 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2178 case 'S':
2179 {
2180 int sign = 1;
2181 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2182 {
2183 sign = 1;
2184 s += 2;
2185 }
2186 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2187 {
2188 sign = 0;
2189 s += 2;
2190 }
2191
2192 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2193 }
2194
2195 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2196 case 'h':
2197 if (*s++ == ',')
2198 {
2199 int lr = 0;
2200 if (*s == 'r')
2201 lr = 2;
2202 else if (*s == 'l')
2203 lr = 0;
2204 else
2205 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2206
2207 s++;
2208 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2209 }
2210 else
2211 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2212 break;
2213
2214 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2215 case 'H':
2216 {
2217 int sat = 3;
2218 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2219 {
2220 sat = 1;
2221 s += 3;
2222 }
2223 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2224 {
2225 sat = 0;
2226 s += 3;
2227 }
2228
2229 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2230 }
2231
2232 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2233 case '*':
2234 if (*s++ == ',')
2235 {
2236 int permloc[4];
2237 int perm = 0;
2238 int i = 0;
2239 permloc[0] = 13;
2240 permloc[1] = 10;
2241 permloc[2] = 8;
2242 permloc[3] = 6;
2243 for (; i < 4; i++)
2244 {
2245 switch (*s++)
2246 {
2247 case '0':
2248 perm = 0;
2249 break;
2250 case '1':
2251 perm = 1;
2252 break;
2253 case '2':
2254 perm = 2;
2255 break;
2256 case '3':
2257 perm = 3;
2258 break;
2259 default:
2260 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2261 }
2262 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2263 }
2264 continue;
2265 }
2266 else
2267 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2268 break;
2269
2270 default:
2271 abort ();
2272 }
2273 break;
2274
2275 /* Handle all conditions. */
2276 case '?':
2277 {
2278 args++;
2279 switch (*args)
2280 {
2281 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2282 case 'f':
2283 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2284 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2285
2286 /* Handle an add condition. */
2287 case 'A':
2288 case 'a':
2289 cmpltr = 0;
2290 flag = 0;
2291 if (*s == ',')
2292 {
2293 s++;
2294
2295 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2296 if (*args == 'A')
2297 {
2298 if (*s == '*')
2299 s++;
2300 else
2301 break;
2302 }
2303 else if (*s == '*')
2304 break;
2305 name = s;
2306
2307 name = s;
2308 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2309 s += 1;
2310 c = *s;
2311 *s = 0x00;
2312 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2313 cmpltr = 1;
2314 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2315 cmpltr = 2;
2316 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2317 cmpltr = 3;
2318 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2319 cmpltr = 4;
2320 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2321 cmpltr = 5;
2322 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2323 cmpltr = 6;
2324 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2325 cmpltr = 7;
2326 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2327 {
2328 cmpltr = 0;
2329 flag = 1;
2330 }
2331 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2332 {
2333 cmpltr = 1;
2334 flag = 1;
2335 }
2336 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2337 {
2338 cmpltr = 2;
2339 flag = 1;
2340 }
2341 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2342 {
2343 cmpltr = 3;
2344 flag = 1;
2345 }
2346 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2347 {
2348 cmpltr = 4;
2349 flag = 1;
2350 }
2351 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2352 {
2353 cmpltr = 5;
2354 flag = 1;
2355 }
2356 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2357 {
2358 cmpltr = 6;
2359 flag = 1;
2360 }
2361 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2362 {
2363 cmpltr = 7;
2364 flag = 1;
2365 }
2366 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2367 else if (*args == 'a')
2368 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2369 *s = c;
2370 }
2371 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2372 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2373
2374 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2375 case 'd':
2376 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2377 if (cmpltr < 0)
2378 {
2379 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2380 cmpltr = 0;
2381 }
2382 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2383
2384 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2385 case 'W':
2386 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2387 if (cmpltr < 0)
2388 {
2389 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2390 cmpltr = 0;
2391 }
2392 else
2393 {
2394 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2395 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2396 }
2397 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2398
2399 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2400 condition. */
2401 case '@':
2402 save_s = s;
2403 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2404 if (cmpltr < 0)
2405 {
2406 s = save_s;
2407 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2408 if (cmpltr < 0)
2409 {
2410 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2411 cmpltr = 0;
2412 }
2413 else
2414 {
2415 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2416 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2417 }
2418 }
2419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2420
2421 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2422 case 'B':
2423 case 'b':
2424 cmpltr = 0;
2425 if (*s == ',')
2426 {
2427 s++;
2428
2429 if (*args == 'B')
2430 {
2431 if (*s == '*')
2432 s++;
2433 else
2434 break;
2435 }
2436 else if (*s == '*')
2437 break;
2438
2439 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2440 {
2441 cmpltr = 0;
2442 s++;
2443 }
2444 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2445 {
2446 cmpltr = 1;
2447 s += 2;
2448 }
2449 else
2450 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2451 }
2452 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2453
2454 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2455 case 'S':
2456 case 's':
2457 cmpltr = 0;
2458 flag = 0;
2459 if (*s == ',')
2460 {
2461 s++;
2462
2463 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2464 if (*args == 'S')
2465 {
2466 if (*s == '*')
2467 s++;
2468 else
2469 break;
2470 }
2471 else if (*s == '*')
2472 break;
2473 name = s;
2474
2475 name = s;
2476 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2477 s += 1;
2478 c = *s;
2479 *s = 0x00;
2480 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2481 cmpltr = 1;
2482 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2483 cmpltr = 2;
2484 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2485 cmpltr = 3;
2486 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2487 cmpltr = 4;
2488 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2489 cmpltr = 5;
2490 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2491 cmpltr = 6;
2492 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2493 cmpltr = 7;
2494 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2495 {
2496 cmpltr = 0;
2497 flag = 1;
2498 }
2499 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2500 {
2501 cmpltr = 1;
2502 flag = 1;
2503 }
2504 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2505 {
2506 cmpltr = 2;
2507 flag = 1;
2508 }
2509 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2510 {
2511 cmpltr = 3;
2512 flag = 1;
2513 }
2514 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2515 {
2516 cmpltr = 4;
2517 flag = 1;
2518 }
2519 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2520 {
2521 cmpltr = 5;
2522 flag = 1;
2523 }
2524 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2525 {
2526 cmpltr = 6;
2527 flag = 1;
2528 }
2529 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2530 {
2531 cmpltr = 7;
2532 flag = 1;
2533 }
2534 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2535 else if (*args != 'S')
2536 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2537 name);
2538 *s = c;
2539 }
2540 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2541 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2542
2543 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2544 case 't':
2545 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2546 if (cmpltr < 0)
2547 {
2548 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c"), *s);
2549 cmpltr = 0;
2550 }
2551 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2552
2553 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2554 case 'n':
2555 save_s = s;
2556 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2557 if (cmpltr < 0)
2558 {
2559 s = save_s;
2560 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2561 if (cmpltr < 0)
2562 {
2563 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition."));
2564 cmpltr = 0;
2565 }
2566 else
2567 {
2568 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2569 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2570 }
2571 }
2572
2573 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2574
2575 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2576 case 'N':
2577 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2578 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2579 {
2580 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2581 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2582 }
2583 else
2584 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2585 break;
2586
2587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2588
2589 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2590 case 'Q':
2591 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2592 if (cmpltr < 0)
2593 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2594 break;
2595
2596 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2597
2598 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2599 case 'L':
2600 case 'l':
2601 cmpltr = 0;
2602 flag = 0;
2603 if (*s == ',')
2604 {
2605 s++;
2606
2607 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2608 if (*args == 'L')
2609 {
2610 if (*s == '*')
2611 s++;
2612 else
2613 break;
2614 }
2615 else if (*s == '*')
2616 break;
2617
2618 name = s;
2619 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2620 s += 1;
2621 c = *s;
2622 *s = 0x00;
2623
2624 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2625 cmpltr = 1;
2626 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2627 cmpltr = 2;
2628 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2629 cmpltr = 3;
2630 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2631 cmpltr = 7;
2632 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2633 {
2634 cmpltr = 0;
2635 flag = 1;
2636 }
2637 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2638 {
2639 cmpltr = 1;
2640 flag = 1;
2641 }
2642 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2643 {
2644 cmpltr = 2;
2645 flag = 1;
2646 }
2647 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2648 {
2649 cmpltr = 3;
2650 flag = 1;
2651 }
2652 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2653 {
2654 cmpltr = 7;
2655 flag = 1;
2656 }
2657 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2658 else if (*args != 'L')
2659 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2660 *s = c;
2661 }
2662 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2663 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2664
2665 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2666 case 'X':
2667 case 'x':
2668 case 'y':
2669 cmpltr = 0;
2670 if (*s == ',')
2671 {
2672 save_s = s++;
2673
2674 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2675 if (*args == 'X')
2676 {
2677 if (*s == '*')
2678 s++;
2679 else
2680 break;
2681 }
2682 else if (*s == '*')
2683 break;
2684
2685 name = s;
2686 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2687 s += 1;
2688 c = *s;
2689 *s = 0x00;
2690 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2691 cmpltr = 1;
2692 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2693 cmpltr = 2;
2694 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2695 cmpltr = 3;
2696 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2697 cmpltr = 4;
2698 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2699 cmpltr = 5;
2700 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2701 cmpltr = 6;
2702 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2703 cmpltr = 7;
2704 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2705 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2706 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2707 {
2708 *s = c;
2709 s = save_s;
2710 continue;
2711 }
2712 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2713 else if (*args != 'X')
2714 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2715 *s = c;
2716 }
2717 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2718
2719 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2720 case 'U':
2721 case 'u':
2722 cmpltr = 0;
2723 flag = 0;
2724 if (*s == ',')
2725 {
2726 s++;
2727
2728 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2729 if (*args == 'U')
2730 {
2731 if (*s == '*')
2732 s++;
2733 else
2734 break;
2735 }
2736 else if (*s == '*')
2737 break;
2738
2739 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2740 {
2741 cmpltr = 2;
2742 s += 3;
2743 }
2744 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2745 {
2746 cmpltr = 3;
2747 s += 3;
2748 }
2749 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2750 {
2751 cmpltr = 4;
2752 s += 3;
2753 }
2754 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2755 {
2756 cmpltr = 6;
2757 s += 3;
2758 }
2759 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2760 {
2761 cmpltr = 7;
2762 s += 3;
2763 }
2764 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2765 {
2766 cmpltr = 0;
2767 flag = 1;
2768 s += 2;
2769 }
2770 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2771 {
2772 cmpltr = 2;
2773 flag = 1;
2774 s += 3;
2775 }
2776 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2777 {
2778 cmpltr = 3;
2779 flag = 1;
2780 s += 3;
2781 }
2782 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2783 {
2784 cmpltr = 4;
2785 flag = 1;
2786 s += 3;
2787 }
2788 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2789 {
2790 cmpltr = 6;
2791 flag = 1;
2792 s += 3;
2793 }
2794 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2795 {
2796 cmpltr = 7;
2797 flag = 1;
2798 s += 3;
2799 }
2800 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2801 {
2802 cmpltr = 1;
2803 flag = 0;
2804 s += 3;
2805 }
2806 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2807 {
2808 cmpltr = 5;
2809 flag = 0;
2810 s += 3;
2811 }
2812 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2813 {
2814 cmpltr = 1;
2815 flag = 1;
2816 s += 3;
2817 }
2818 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 5;
2821 flag = 1;
2822 s += 3;
2823 }
2824 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2825 else if (*args != 'U')
2826 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2827 }
2828 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2829 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2830
2831 default:
2832 abort ();
2833 }
2834 break;
2835 }
2836
2837 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2838 case 'n':
2839 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2840 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2841
2842 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2843 case 'N':
2844 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2845 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2846
2847 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2848 case 'L':
2849 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2850 s += 4;
2851 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2852 s += 4;
2853 else
2854 break;
2855 continue;
2856
2857 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2858 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2859 case 'h':
2860 get_expression (s);
2861 s = expr_end;
2862 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2863 {
2864 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2865 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2866 num++;
2867 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2868 }
2869 else
2870 break;
2871
2872 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2873 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2874 case 'm':
2875 get_expression (s);
2876 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2877 {
2878 s = expr_end;
2879 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2880 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2881 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2882 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2883 }
2884 else
2885 break;
2886
2887 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2888 case '=':
2889 {
2890 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2891 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2892 }
2893
2894 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2895 case 'i':
2896 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2897 get_expression (s);
2898 s = expr_end;
2899 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2900 {
2901 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2902 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2903 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2904 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2905 }
2906 else
2907 {
2908 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2909 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2910 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2911 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2912 else
2913 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2914 the_insn.format = 11;
2915 continue;
2916 }
2917
2918 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2919 case 'J':
2920 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2921 get_expression (s);
2922 s = expr_end;
2923 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2924 {
2925 int mb;
2926
2927 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2928 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2929 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2930 good to rethink this. */
2931 mb = opcode & 1;
2932 opcode -= mb;
2933 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2934 if (mb != (num < 0))
2935 break;
2936 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2937 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2938 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2939 }
2940 break;
2941
2942 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2943 case 'K':
2944 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2945 get_expression (s);
2946 s = expr_end;
2947 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2948 {
2949 int mb;
2950
2951 mb = opcode & 1;
2952 opcode -= mb;
2953 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2954 if (mb == (num < 0))
2955 break;
2956 if (num % 4)
2957 break;
2958 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2959 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2960 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2961 }
2962 break;
2963
2964 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
2965 case '<':
2966 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2967 get_expression (s);
2968 s = expr_end;
2969 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2970 {
2971 int mb;
2972
2973 mb = opcode & 1;
2974 opcode -= mb;
2975 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2976 if (mb != (num < 0))
2977 break;
2978 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
2979 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
2980 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2981 }
2982 break;
2983
2984 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
2985 case '>':
2986 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2987 get_expression (s);
2988 s = expr_end;
2989 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2990 {
2991 int mb;
2992
2993 mb = opcode & 1;
2994 opcode -= mb;
2995 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2996 if (mb == (num < 0))
2997 break;
2998 if (num % 4)
2999 break;
3000 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3001 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3002 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3003 }
3004 break;
3005
3006 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3007 case '#':
3008 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3009 get_expression (s);
3010 s = expr_end;
3011 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3012 {
3013 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3014 if (num & 0x7)
3015 break;
3016 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3017 if (num < 0)
3018 opcode |= 1;
3019 num &= 0x1fff;
3020 num >>= 3;
3021 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3022 }
3023 else
3024 {
3025 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3026 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3027 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3028 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3029 else
3030 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3031 the_insn.format = 14;
3032 continue;
3033 }
3034 break;
3035
3036 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3037 case 'd':
3038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3039 get_expression (s);
3040 s = expr_end;
3041 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3042 {
3043 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3044 if (num & 0x3)
3045 break;
3046 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3047 if (num < 0)
3048 opcode |= 1;
3049 num &= 0x1fff;
3050 num >>= 2;
3051 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3052 }
3053 else
3054 {
3055 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3056 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3057 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3058 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3059 else
3060 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3061 the_insn.format = 14;
3062 continue;
3063 }
3064
3065 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3066 case 'j':
3067 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3068 get_expression (s);
3069 s = expr_end;
3070 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3071 {
3072 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3073 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3074 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3076 }
3077 else
3078 {
3079 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3080 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3081 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3082 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3083 else
3084 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3085 the_insn.format = 14;
3086 continue;
3087 }
3088
3089 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3090 case 'k':
3091 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3092 get_expression (s);
3093 s = expr_end;
3094 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3095 {
3096 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3097 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3098 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3099 continue;
3100 }
3101 else
3102 {
3103 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3104 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3105 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3106 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3107 else
3108 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3109 the_insn.format = 21;
3110 continue;
3111 }
3112
3113 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3114 case 'l':
3115 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3116 get_expression (s);
3117 s = expr_end;
3118 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3119 {
3120 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3121 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3122 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3123 continue;
3124 }
3125 else
3126 {
3127 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3128 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3129 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3130 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3131 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3132 else
3133 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3134 the_insn.format = 14;
3135 continue;
3136 }
3137
3138 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3139 case 'y':
3140 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3141 get_expression (s);
3142 s = expr_end;
3143 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3144 {
3145 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3146 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3147 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3148 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3149 continue;
3150 }
3151 else
3152 {
3153 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3154 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3155 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3156 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3157 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3158 else
3159 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3160 the_insn.format = 14;
3161 continue;
3162 }
3163
3164 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3165 case '&':
3166 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3167 get_expression (s);
3168 s = expr_end;
3169 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3170 {
3171 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3172 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3173 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3174 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3175 continue;
3176 }
3177 else
3178 {
3179 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3180 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3181 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3182 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3183 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3184 else
3185 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3186 the_insn.format = 14;
3187 continue;
3188 }
3189
3190 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3191 case 'w':
3192 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3193 get_expression (s);
3194 s = expr_end;
3195 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3196 if (!strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), "L$0\001"))
3197 {
3198 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3199 if (num % 4)
3200 {
3201 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3202 break;
3203 }
3204 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8199, -8184, 0);
3205
3206 opcode |= re_assemble_12 ((num - 8) >> 2);
3207 continue;
3208 }
3209 else
3210 {
3211 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3212 the_insn.format = 12;
3213 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3214 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3215 s = expr_end;
3216 continue;
3217 }
3218
3219 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3220 case 'W':
3221 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3222 get_expression (s);
3223 s = expr_end;
3224 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3225 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3226 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3227 "L$0\001"))
3228 {
3229 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3230 if (num % 4)
3231 {
3232 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3233 break;
3234 }
3235 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3236
3237 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3238 num -= 8;
3239
3240 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3241 continue;
3242 }
3243 else
3244 {
3245 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3246 the_insn.format = 17;
3247 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3248 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3249 continue;
3250 }
3251
3252 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3253 case 'X':
3254 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3255 get_expression (s);
3256 s = expr_end;
3257 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3258 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3259 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3260 "L$0\001"))
3261 {
3262 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3263 if (num % 4)
3264 {
3265 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3266 break;
3267 }
3268 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3269
3270 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3271 num -= 8;
3272
3273 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3274 }
3275 else
3276 {
3277 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3278 the_insn.format = 22;
3279 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3280 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3281 continue;
3282 }
3283
3284 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3285 case 'z':
3286 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3287 get_expression (s);
3288 s = expr_end;
3289 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3290 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3291 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3292 "L$0\001"))
3293 {
3294 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3295 if (num % 4)
3296 {
3297 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3298 break;
3299 }
3300 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3301
3302 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3303 num -= 8;
3304
3305 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3306 continue;
3307 }
3308 else
3309 {
3310 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3311 the_insn.format = 17;
3312 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3313 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3314 continue;
3315 }
3316
3317 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3318 case 'Z':
3319 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3320 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3321 {
3322 s += 4;
3323 continue;
3324 }
3325 else
3326 break;
3327
3328 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3329 case 'Y':
3330 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3331 break;
3332 s += 9;
3333 continue;
3334
3335 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3336 case '@':
3337 if (*s != '0')
3338 break;
3339 s++;
3340 continue;
3341
3342 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3343 case '.':
3344 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3345 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3346 break;
3347 s = expr_end;
3348 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3349 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3350
3351 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3352 case '*':
3353 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3354 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3355 break;
3356 s = expr_end;
3357 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3358 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3359
3360 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3361 case 'p':
3362 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3363 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3364 break;
3365 s = expr_end;
3366 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3367 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3368
3369 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3370 case '~':
3371 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3372 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3373 break;
3374 s = expr_end;
3375 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3376 num = 63 - num;
3377 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3378 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3379
3380 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3381 case '%':
3382 flag = 0;
3383 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3384 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3385 break;
3386 s = expr_end;
3387 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3388 num--;
3389 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3390 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3391 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3392
3393 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3394 case '|':
3395 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3396 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3397 break;
3398 s = expr_end;
3399 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3400 num--;
3401 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3402 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3403 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3404
3405 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3406 case 'P':
3407 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3408 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3409 break;
3410 s = expr_end;
3411 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3412 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3413
3414 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3415 case 'q':
3416 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3417 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3418 break;
3419 s = expr_end;
3420 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3421 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3423
3424 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3425 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3426 case 'B':
3427 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3428 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3429 break;
3430 s = expr_end;
3431 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3432 if (num & 0x20)
3433 ;
3434 else
3435 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3436 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3437
3438 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3439 case 'Q':
3440 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3441 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3442 break;
3443 s = expr_end;
3444 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3445 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3446
3447 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3448 case '$':
3449 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3450 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3451 break;
3452 s = expr_end;
3453 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3454 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3455
3456 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3457 case 'A':
3458 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3459 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3460 break;
3461 s = expr_end;
3462 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3463 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3464
3465 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3466 case 'D':
3467 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3468 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3469 break;
3470 s = expr_end;
3471 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3472 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3473
3474 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3475 case 'v':
3476 if (*s++ != ',')
3477 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3478 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3479 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3480 break;
3481 s = expr_end;
3482 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3483 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3484
3485 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3486 case 'O':
3487 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3488 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3489 break;
3490 s = expr_end;
3491 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3492 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3493 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3494
3495 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3496 case 'o':
3497 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3498 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3499 break;
3500 s = expr_end;
3501 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3502 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3503
3504 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3505 case '0':
3506 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3507 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3508 break;
3509 s = expr_end;
3510 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3511 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3512 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3513
3514 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3515 case '1':
3516 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3517 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3518 break;
3519 s = expr_end;
3520 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3521 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3522 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3523
3524 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3525 case 'u':
3526 if (*s++ != ',')
3527 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3528 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3529 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3530 break;
3531 s = expr_end;
3532 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3533 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3534
3535 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3536 case '2':
3537 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3538 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3539 break;
3540 s = expr_end;
3541 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3542 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3543 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3544
3545 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3546 case '{':
3547 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3548 {
3549 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3550 s += 2;
3551 }
3552 else
3553 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3554 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3555 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3556 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3557 flag = SGL;
3558 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3559 flag = DBL;
3560 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3561 flag = QUAD;
3562 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3563
3564 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3565 case '_':
3566 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3567 s--;
3568 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3569 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3570 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3571 flag = SGL;
3572 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3573 flag = DBL;
3574 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3575 flag = QUAD;
3576 opcode |= flag << 13;
3577 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3578 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3579 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3580 {
3581 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3582 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3583 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3584 flag = 0;
3585 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3586 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3587 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3588 flag = 2;
3589 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3590 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3591 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3592 flag = 6;
3593 else
3594 abort ();
3595 }
3596 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3597 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3598 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3599 {
3600 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3601 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3602 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3603 flag = 1;
3604 else
3605 abort ();
3606 }
3607 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3608 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3609 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3610 {
3611 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3612 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3613 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3614 flag = 5;
3615 else
3616 abort ();
3617 }
3618 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3619 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3620
3621 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3622 case 'F':
3623 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3624 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3625 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3626
3627 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3628 case 'G':
3629 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3630 s--;
3631 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3632 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3633 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3634
3635 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3636 case 'I':
3637 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3638 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3639 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3640
3641 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3642 Only allows single and double precision. */
3643 case 'H':
3644 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3645 switch (flag)
3646 {
3647 case SGL:
3648 opcode |= 0x20;
3649 case DBL:
3650 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3651 continue;
3652
3653 case QUAD:
3654 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3655 default:
3656 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3657 }
3658 break;
3659
3660 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3661 case 'f':
3662 switch (*++args)
3663 {
3664 /* Float target register. */
3665 case 't':
3666 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3667 break;
3668 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3669 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3670 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3671
3672 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3673 case 'T':
3674 {
3675 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3676 break;
3677 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3678 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3679 opcode |= num;
3680
3681 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3682 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3683 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3684 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3685 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3686 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3687
3688 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3689 continue;
3690 }
3691
3692 /* Float operand 1. */
3693 case 'a':
3694 {
3695 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3696 break;
3697 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3698 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3699 opcode |= num << 21;
3700 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3701 {
3702 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3703 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3704 }
3705 continue;
3706 }
3707
3708 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3709 case 'X':
3710 case 'A':
3711 {
3712 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3713 break;
3714 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3715 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3716 opcode |= num << 21;
3717 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3718 continue;
3719 }
3720
3721 /* Float operand 2. */
3722 case 'b':
3723 {
3724 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3725 break;
3726 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3727 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3728 opcode |= num << 16;
3729 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3730 {
3731 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3732 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3733 }
3734 continue;
3735 }
3736
3737 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3738 case 'B':
3739 {
3740 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3741 break;
3742 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3743 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3744 opcode |= num << 16;
3745 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3746 continue;
3747 }
3748
3749 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3750 case 'C':
3751 {
3752 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3753 break;
3754 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3755 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3756 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3757 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3758 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3759 continue;
3760 }
3761
3762 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3763 case 'i':
3764 {
3765 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3766 break;
3767 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3768 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3769 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3770 {
3771 if (num < 16)
3772 {
3773 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3774 break;
3775 }
3776 num &= 0xF;
3777 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3778 }
3779 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3783 case 'j':
3784 {
3785 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3786 break;
3787 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3788 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3789 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3790 {
3791 if (num < 16)
3792 {
3793 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3794 break;
3795 }
3796 num &= 0xF;
3797 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3798 }
3799 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3800 }
3801
3802 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3803 case 'k':
3804 {
3805 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3806 break;
3807 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3808 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3809 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3810 {
3811 if (num < 16)
3812 {
3813 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3814 break;
3815 }
3816 num &= 0xF;
3817 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3818 }
3819 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3820 }
3821
3822 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3823 case 'l':
3824 {
3825 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3826 break;
3827 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3828 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3829 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3830 {
3831 if (num < 16)
3832 {
3833 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3834 break;
3835 }
3836 num &= 0xF;
3837 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3838 }
3839 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3840 }
3841
3842 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3843 case 'm':
3844 {
3845 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3846 break;
3847 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3848 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3849 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3850 {
3851 if (num < 16)
3852 {
3853 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3854 break;
3855 }
3856 num &= 0xF;
3857 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3858 }
3859 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3860 }
3861
3862 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3863 case 'E':
3864 case 'e':
3865 {
3866 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3867 break;
3868 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3869 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3870 opcode |= num << 16;
3871 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3872 {
3873 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3874 }
3875 continue;
3876 }
3877
3878 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3879 case 'x':
3880 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3881 break;
3882 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3883 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3884 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3885
3886 default:
3887 abort ();
3888 }
3889 break;
3890
3891 default:
3892 abort ();
3893 }
3894 break;
3895 }
3896
3897 failed:
3898 /* Check if the args matched. */
3899 if (match == FALSE)
3900 {
3901 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3902 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3903 {
3904 ++insn;
3905 s = argstart;
3906 continue;
3907 }
3908 else
3909 {
3910 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3911 return;
3912 }
3913 }
3914 break;
3915 }
3916
3917 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3918 }
3919
3920 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3921 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3922 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3923
3924 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3925
3926 char *
3927 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3928 char type;
3929 char *litP;
3930 int *sizeP;
3931 {
3932 int prec;
3933 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3934 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3935 char *t;
3936
3937 switch (type)
3938 {
3939
3940 case 'f':
3941 case 'F':
3942 case 's':
3943 case 'S':
3944 prec = 2;
3945 break;
3946
3947 case 'd':
3948 case 'D':
3949 case 'r':
3950 case 'R':
3951 prec = 4;
3952 break;
3953
3954 case 'x':
3955 case 'X':
3956 prec = 6;
3957 break;
3958
3959 case 'p':
3960 case 'P':
3961 prec = 6;
3962 break;
3963
3964 default:
3965 *sizeP = 0;
3966 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
3967 }
3968 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
3969 if (t)
3970 input_line_pointer = t;
3971 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3972 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
3973 {
3974 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
3975 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3976 }
3977 return NULL;
3978 }
3979
3980 /* Write out big-endian. */
3981
3982 void
3983 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
3984 char *buf;
3985 valueT val;
3986 int n;
3987 {
3988 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
3989 }
3990
3991 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
3992 format. */
3993
3994 arelent **
3995 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
3996 asection *section;
3997 fixS *fixp;
3998 {
3999 arelent *reloc;
4000 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4001 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4002 arelent **relocs;
4003 reloc_type **codes;
4004 reloc_type code;
4005 int n_relocs;
4006 int i;
4007
4008 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4009 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4010 return &no_relocs;
4011
4012 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4013 assert (section != 0);
4014
4015 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4016
4017 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4018 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4019 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4020 fixp->fx_r_type,
4021 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4022 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4023 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4024 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4025
4026 if (codes == NULL)
4027 {
4028 as_bad (_("Cannot handle fixup at %s:%d"), fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line);
4029 abort ();
4030 }
4031
4032 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4033 ;
4034
4035 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4036 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4037 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4038 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4039
4040 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4041
4042 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4043 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4044 {
4045 default:
4046 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4047
4048 code = *codes[0];
4049
4050 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4051 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4052 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4053 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4054 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4055
4056 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4057
4058 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4059 switch (code)
4060 {
4061 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4062 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4063 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4064 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4065 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4066 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4067 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4068 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4069 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4070 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4071
4072 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4073 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4074 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4075 reloc->addend = 0;
4076 break;
4077
4078 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4079 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4080 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4081 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4082 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4083 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4084 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4085 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4086 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4087 fixp->fx_offset);
4088 break;
4089 #endif
4090
4091 default:
4092 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4093 break;
4094 }
4095 break;
4096 }
4097 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4098
4099 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4100 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4101 {
4102 code = *codes[i];
4103
4104 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4105 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4106 relocs[i]->howto =
4107 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4108 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4109 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4110
4111 switch (code)
4112 {
4113 case R_COMP2:
4114 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4115 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4116 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4117 assert (i == 1);
4118 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4119 relocs[0]->howto =
4120 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4121 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4122 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4123 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4124 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4125 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4126 relocs[1]->howto =
4127 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4128 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4129 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4130 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4131 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4132 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4133 relocs[2]->howto =
4134 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4135 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4136 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4137 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4138 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4139 relocs[3]->howto =
4140 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4141 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4142 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4143 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4144 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4145 relocs[4]->howto =
4146 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4147 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4148 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4149 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4150 goto done;
4151 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4152 case R_ABS_CALL:
4153 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4154 break;
4155
4156 case R_DLT_REL:
4157 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4158 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4159 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4160 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4161 (static link required).
4162
4163 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4164
4165 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4166 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4167 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4168 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4169 break;
4170
4171 case R_N_MODE:
4172 case R_S_MODE:
4173 case R_D_MODE:
4174 case R_R_MODE:
4175 case R_FSEL:
4176 case R_LSEL:
4177 case R_RSEL:
4178 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4179 case R_END_BRTAB:
4180 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4181 case R_N0SEL:
4182 case R_N1SEL:
4183 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4184 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4185 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4186 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4187 break;
4188
4189 case R_END_TRY:
4190 case R_ENTRY:
4191 case R_EXIT:
4192 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4193 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4194 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4195 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4196 break;
4197
4198 default:
4199 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4200 }
4201 }
4202
4203 done:
4204 #endif
4205
4206 return relocs;
4207 }
4208
4209 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4210
4211 void
4212 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4213 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4214 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4215 register fragS *fragP;
4216 {
4217 unsigned int address;
4218
4219 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4220 {
4221 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4222 {
4223 case 0:
4224 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4225 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4226 know (fragP->fr_next);
4227 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4228 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4229 {
4230 fragP->fr_offset =
4231 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4232 - fragP->fr_address
4233 - fragP->fr_fix;
4234 }
4235 else
4236 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4237 break;
4238 }
4239 }
4240 }
4241
4242 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4243
4244 valueT
4245 md_section_align (segment, size)
4246 asection *segment;
4247 valueT size;
4248 {
4249 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4250 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4251
4252 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4253 }
4254
4255 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4256 int
4257 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4258 register fragS *fragP;
4259 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4260 {
4261 int size;
4262
4263 size = 0;
4264
4265 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4266 size++;
4267
4268 return size;
4269 }
4270 \f
4271 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4272 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4273 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4274 # else
4275 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4276 # endif
4277 #else
4278 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4279 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4280 # else
4281 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4282 # endif
4283 #endif
4284
4285 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4286 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4287 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4288 #endif
4289 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4290 };
4291 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4292
4293 int
4294 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4295 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4296 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4297 {
4298 switch (c)
4299 {
4300 default:
4301 return 0;
4302
4303 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4304 case 'V':
4305 print_version_id ();
4306 break;
4307 #endif
4308 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4309 case 'c':
4310 warn_comment = 1;
4311 break;
4312 #endif
4313 }
4314
4315 return 1;
4316 }
4317
4318 void
4319 md_show_usage (stream)
4320 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4321 {
4322 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4323 fprintf (stream, _("\
4324 -Q ignored\n"));
4325 #endif
4326 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4327 fprintf (stream, _("\
4328 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4329 #endif
4330 }
4331 \f
4332 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4333
4334 symbolS *
4335 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4336 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4337 {
4338 return 0;
4339 }
4340
4341 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4342 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4343 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4344 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4345 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4346 #else
4347 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4348 #endif
4349
4350 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4351
4352 int
4353 md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
4354 fixS *fixP;
4355 valueT *valp;
4356 {
4357 unsigned char *buf;
4358 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4359 offsetT new_val;
4360 int insn, val, fmt;
4361
4362 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4363 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4364 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4365 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4366 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4367 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4368 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4369 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4370 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4371 return 1;
4372
4373 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4374 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4375 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4376 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4377 {
4378 fixP->fx_offset = *valp;
4379 return 1;
4380 }
4381 #endif
4382 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4383 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4384 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4385 return 1;
4386 #endif
4387
4388 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4389 with the GAS fixup. */
4390 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4391 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4392 {
4393 printf (_("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x at %s:%d"),
4394 fixP->fx_r_type, fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4395 return 0;
4396 }
4397
4398 buf = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4399 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4400 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4401
4402 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4403 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4404 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4405 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4406 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4407 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4408 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4409 && fmt != 32
4410 #endif
4411 )
4412 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4413 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4414 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4415 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4416 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4417 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4418 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4419 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4420 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4421 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4422 /* This is truly disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4423 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4424 else if (fmt == 32
4425 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4426 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4427 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4428 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4429 #endif
4430 else
4431 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4432
4433 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4434 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4435 && fixP->fx_addsy
4436 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4437 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4438 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4439 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4440 && (*valp - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4441 || (fmt == 17 && *valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4442 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4443 #endif
4444 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4445 && (*valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4446 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4447 #endif
4448 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4449 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4450 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4451 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4452 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4453 {
4454 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4455 }
4456
4457 switch (fmt)
4458 {
4459 case 10:
4460 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4461 val = new_val;
4462
4463 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4464 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4465 break;
4466 case -11:
4467 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4468 val = new_val;
4469
4470 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4471 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4472 break;
4473 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4474 case 14:
4475 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4476 val = new_val;
4477
4478 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4479 break;
4480
4481 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4482 case 21:
4483 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4484 val = new_val;
4485
4486 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4487 break;
4488
4489 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4490 case 11:
4491 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1023, -1024, 0);
4492 val = new_val;
4493
4494 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4495 break;
4496
4497 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4498 case 12:
4499 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 0);
4500 val = new_val - 8;
4501
4502 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4503 break;
4504
4505 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4506 case 17:
4507 {
4508 offsetT distance = *valp;
4509
4510 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4511 range target, then we want to complain. */
4512 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4513 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4514 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4515
4516 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4517 val = new_val - 8;
4518
4519 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4520 break;
4521 }
4522
4523 case 22:
4524 {
4525 offsetT distance = *valp;
4526
4527 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4528 range target, then we want to complain. */
4529 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4530 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4531 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4532
4533 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4534 val = new_val - 8;
4535
4536 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4537 break;
4538 }
4539
4540 case -10:
4541 val = new_val;
4542 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4543 break;
4544
4545 case -16:
4546 val = new_val;
4547 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4548 break;
4549
4550 case 16:
4551 val = new_val;
4552 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4553 break;
4554
4555 case 32:
4556 insn = new_val;
4557 break;
4558
4559 default:
4560 as_bad (_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4561 return 0;
4562 }
4563
4564 /* Insert the relocation. */
4565 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4566 return 1;
4567 }
4568
4569 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4570 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4571
4572 long
4573 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4574 fixS *fixP;
4575 {
4576 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4577 }
4578
4579 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4580 a statement. */
4581
4582 static int
4583 is_end_of_statement ()
4584 {
4585 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4586 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4587 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4588 }
4589
4590 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4591 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4592 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4593
4594 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4595 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4596 returned in `pa_number'.
4597
4598 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4599 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4600 not set.
4601
4602 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4603 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4604
4605 static int
4606 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4607 char **s;
4608 int is_float;
4609 {
4610 int num;
4611 char *name;
4612 char c;
4613 symbolS *sym;
4614 int status;
4615 char *p = *s;
4616 boolean have_prefix;
4617
4618 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4619 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4620 p = p + 1;
4621
4622 pa_number = -1;
4623 have_prefix = 0;
4624 num = 0;
4625 if (!strict && isdigit (*p))
4626 {
4627 /* Looks like a number. */
4628
4629 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4630 {
4631 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4632 p += 2;
4633 while (isdigit (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4634 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4635 {
4636 if (isdigit (*p))
4637 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4638 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4639 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4640 else
4641 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4642 ++p;
4643 }
4644 }
4645 else
4646 {
4647 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4648 while (isdigit (*p))
4649 {
4650 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4651 ++p;
4652 }
4653 }
4654
4655 pa_number = num;
4656
4657 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4658 if (is_float)
4659 {
4660 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4661 if (! (is_float & 2))
4662 {
4663 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4664 {
4665 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4666 ++p;
4667 }
4668 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4669 {
4670 ++p;
4671 }
4672 }
4673 }
4674 }
4675 else if (*p == '%')
4676 {
4677 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4678 have_prefix = 1;
4679 name = p;
4680 p++;
4681 c = *p;
4682 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4683 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4684 slow. */
4685 if (c == 'r')
4686 {
4687 p++;
4688 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4689 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4690 {
4691 p += 2;
4692 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4693 p++;
4694 }
4695 else if (*p == 'p')
4696 {
4697 num = 2;
4698 p++;
4699 }
4700 else if (!isdigit (*p))
4701 {
4702 if (print_errors)
4703 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4704 num = -1;
4705 }
4706 else
4707 {
4708 do
4709 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4710 while (isdigit (*p));
4711 }
4712 }
4713 else
4714 {
4715 /* Do a normal register search. */
4716 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4717 {
4718 p = p + 1;
4719 c = *p;
4720 }
4721 *p = 0;
4722 status = reg_name_search (name);
4723 if (status >= 0)
4724 num = status;
4725 else
4726 {
4727 if (print_errors)
4728 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4729 num = -1;
4730 }
4731 *p = c;
4732 }
4733
4734 pa_number = num;
4735 }
4736 else
4737 {
4738 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4739 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4740 name = p;
4741 c = *p;
4742 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4743 {
4744 p = p + 1;
4745 c = *p;
4746 }
4747 *p = 0;
4748 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4749 {
4750 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4751 {
4752 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4753 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4754 register, so... */
4755 have_prefix = true;
4756 }
4757 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4758 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4759 else if (!strict)
4760 {
4761 if (print_errors)
4762 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4763 num = -1;
4764 }
4765 }
4766 else if (!strict)
4767 {
4768 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4769 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4770 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4771 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4772 if (*name == 0)
4773 num = 0;
4774 else
4775 {
4776 if (print_errors)
4777 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4778 num = -1;
4779 }
4780 }
4781 *p = c;
4782
4783 pa_number = num;
4784 }
4785
4786 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4787 {
4788 *s = p;
4789 return 1;
4790 }
4791 return 0;
4792 }
4793
4794 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4795
4796 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4797 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4798
4799 static int
4800 reg_name_search (name)
4801 char *name;
4802 {
4803 int middle, low, high;
4804 int cmp;
4805
4806 low = 0;
4807 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4808
4809 do
4810 {
4811 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4812 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4813 if (cmp < 0)
4814 high = middle - 1;
4815 else if (cmp > 0)
4816 low = middle + 1;
4817 else
4818 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4819 }
4820 while (low <= high);
4821
4822 return -1;
4823 }
4824
4825 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4826 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4827
4828 static int
4829 need_pa11_opcode ()
4830 {
4831 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4832 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4833 {
4834 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4835 then set a new architecture. */
4836 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4837 {
4838 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4839 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4840 }
4841 return TRUE;
4842 }
4843 else
4844 return FALSE;
4845 }
4846
4847 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4848 code associated with the condition. */
4849
4850 static int
4851 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4852 char **s;
4853 {
4854 int cond, i;
4855
4856 cond = 0;
4857
4858 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4859 {
4860 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4861 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4862 {
4863 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4864 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4865 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4866 report an error. */
4867 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4868 {
4869 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4870 break;
4871 }
4872 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4873 *s = *s + 1;
4874 return cond;
4875 }
4876 }
4877
4878 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4879
4880 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4881 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4882 *s += 1;
4883
4884 return 0;
4885 }
4886
4887 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4888
4889 static int
4890 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4891 char **s;
4892 {
4893 int value;
4894
4895 value = 0;
4896 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4897 {
4898 value = 5;
4899 *s += 4;
4900 }
4901 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4902 {
4903 value = 9;
4904 *s += 4;
4905 }
4906 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4907 {
4908 value = 13;
4909 *s += 4;
4910 }
4911 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4912 {
4913 value = 17;
4914 *s += 4;
4915 }
4916 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4917 {
4918 value = 1;
4919 *s += 3;
4920 }
4921 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4922 {
4923 value = 6;
4924 *s += 4;
4925 }
4926 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4927 {
4928 value = 2;
4929 *s += 3;
4930 }
4931 else
4932 {
4933 value = 0;
4934 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
4935 }
4936
4937 return value;
4938 }
4939
4940 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
4941 type. */
4942
4943 static fp_operand_format
4944 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
4945 char **s;
4946 {
4947 int format;
4948
4949 format = SGL;
4950 if (**s == ',')
4951 {
4952 *s += 1;
4953 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
4954 {
4955 format = SGL;
4956 *s += 4;
4957 }
4958 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
4959 {
4960 format = DBL;
4961 *s += 4;
4962 }
4963 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
4964 {
4965 format = QUAD;
4966 *s += 5;
4967 }
4968 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
4969 {
4970 format = W;
4971 *s += 2;
4972 }
4973 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
4974 {
4975 format = UW;
4976 *s += 3;
4977 }
4978 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
4979 {
4980 format = DW;
4981 *s += 3;
4982 }
4983 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
4984 {
4985 format = UDW;
4986 *s += 4;
4987 }
4988 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
4989 {
4990 format = QW;
4991 *s += 3;
4992 }
4993 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
4994 {
4995 format = UQW;
4996 *s += 4;
4997 }
4998 else
4999 {
5000 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5001 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5002 }
5003 }
5004
5005 return format;
5006 }
5007
5008 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5009 type. */
5010
5011 static fp_operand_format
5012 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5013 char **s;
5014 {
5015 int format;
5016
5017 format = SGL;
5018 if (**s == ',')
5019 {
5020 *s += 1;
5021 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5022 {
5023 format = SGL;
5024 *s += 4;
5025 }
5026 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5027 {
5028 format = DBL;
5029 *s += 4;
5030 }
5031 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5032 {
5033 format = QUAD;
5034 *s += 5;
5035 }
5036 else
5037 {
5038 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5039 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5040 }
5041 }
5042
5043 return format;
5044 }
5045
5046 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5047
5048 static int
5049 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5050 char **str;
5051 {
5052 int middle, low, high;
5053 int cmp;
5054 char name[4];
5055
5056 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5057 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5058 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5059 *str = *str + 1;
5060
5061 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5062 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5063 name[1] = 0;
5064 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5065 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5066 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5067 name[2] = 0;
5068 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5069 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5070 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5071 name[2] = tolower ((*str)[2]),
5072 name[3] = 0;
5073 else
5074 return e_fsel;
5075
5076 low = 0;
5077 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5078
5079 do
5080 {
5081 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5082 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5083 if (cmp < 0)
5084 high = middle - 1;
5085 else if (cmp > 0)
5086 low = middle + 1;
5087 else
5088 {
5089 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5090 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5091 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5092 return e_fsel;
5093 #endif
5094 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5095 }
5096 }
5097 while (low <= high);
5098
5099 return e_fsel;
5100 }
5101
5102 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5103
5104 static int
5105 get_expression (str)
5106 char *str;
5107 {
5108 char *save_in;
5109 asection *seg;
5110
5111 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5112 input_line_pointer = str;
5113 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5114 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5115 || seg == undefined_section
5116 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5117 {
5118 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5119 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5120 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5121 return 1;
5122 }
5123 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5124 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5125 return 0;
5126 }
5127
5128 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5129 static int
5130 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5131 struct pa_it *insn;
5132 char **strp;
5133 {
5134 char *save_in;
5135
5136 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5137 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5138 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5139 expression (&insn->exp);
5140 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5141
5142 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5143 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5144 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5145
5146 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5147 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5148 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5149 {
5150 char *s, c;
5151 int retval;
5152
5153 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5154 s = *strp;
5155 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5156 s++;
5157
5158 c = *s;
5159 *s = 0;
5160
5161 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5162
5163 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5164 *s = c;
5165 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5166 }
5167 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5168 and return to our caller. */
5169 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5170 {
5171 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5172 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5173 return 0;
5174 }
5175 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5176 {
5177 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5178 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5179 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5180 return 0;
5181 }
5182 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5183 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5184 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5185 }
5186
5187 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5188 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5189 static int
5190 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5191 struct pa_it *insn;
5192 {
5193 offsetT value;
5194 expressionS exp;
5195 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5196
5197 exp = insn->exp;
5198 value = exp.X_add_number;
5199
5200 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5201 }
5202
5203 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5204 argument location number. */
5205
5206 static unsigned int
5207 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5208 char *type_name;
5209 {
5210
5211 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5212 return 0;
5213 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5214 return 1;
5215 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5216 return 2;
5217 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5218 return 3;
5219 else
5220 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5221
5222 return 0;
5223 }
5224
5225 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5226 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5227
5228 static unsigned int
5229 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5230 unsigned int reg;
5231 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5232 {
5233 unsigned int new_reloc;
5234
5235 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5236 switch (reg)
5237 {
5238 case 0:
5239 new_reloc <<= 8;
5240 break;
5241 case 1:
5242 new_reloc <<= 6;
5243 break;
5244 case 2:
5245 new_reloc <<= 4;
5246 break;
5247 case 3:
5248 new_reloc <<= 2;
5249 break;
5250 default:
5251 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5252 }
5253
5254 return new_reloc;
5255 }
5256
5257 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5258 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5259
5260 static int
5261 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5262 char **s;
5263 {
5264 int nullif;
5265
5266 nullif = 0;
5267 if (**s == ',')
5268 {
5269 *s = *s + 1;
5270 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5271 nullif = 1;
5272 else
5273 {
5274 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5275 nullif = 0;
5276 }
5277 *s = *s + 1;
5278 }
5279
5280 return nullif;
5281 }
5282
5283 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5284 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5285
5286 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5287 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5288 computational instruction. */
5289
5290 static int
5291 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5292 char **s;
5293 int isbranch;
5294 {
5295 int cmpltr;
5296 char *name = *s + 1;
5297 char c;
5298 char *save_s = *s;
5299 int nullify = 0;
5300
5301 cmpltr = 0;
5302 if (**s == ',')
5303 {
5304 *s += 1;
5305 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5306 *s += 1;
5307 c = **s;
5308 **s = 0x00;
5309
5310 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5311 {
5312 cmpltr = 1;
5313 }
5314 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5315 {
5316 cmpltr = 2;
5317 }
5318 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5319 {
5320 cmpltr = 3;
5321 }
5322 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5323 {
5324 cmpltr = 4;
5325 }
5326 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5327 {
5328 cmpltr = 5;
5329 }
5330 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5331 {
5332 cmpltr = 6;
5333 }
5334 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5335 {
5336 cmpltr = 7;
5337 }
5338 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5339 completer. */
5340 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5341 {
5342 cmpltr = 0;
5343 nullify = 1;
5344 }
5345 else
5346 {
5347 cmpltr = -1;
5348 }
5349 **s = c;
5350 }
5351
5352 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5353 if (nullify)
5354 *s = save_s;
5355
5356 return cmpltr;
5357 }
5358
5359 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5360 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5361
5362 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5363 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5364 computational instruction. */
5365
5366 static int
5367 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5368 char **s;
5369 int isbranch;
5370 {
5371 int cmpltr;
5372 char *name = *s + 1;
5373 char c;
5374 char *save_s = *s;
5375 int nullify = 0;
5376
5377 cmpltr = 0;
5378 if (**s == ',')
5379 {
5380 *s += 1;
5381 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5382 *s += 1;
5383 c = **s;
5384 **s = 0x00;
5385
5386 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5387 {
5388 cmpltr = 0;
5389 }
5390 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5391 {
5392 cmpltr = 1;
5393 }
5394 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5395 {
5396 cmpltr = 2;
5397 }
5398 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5399 {
5400 cmpltr = 3;
5401 }
5402 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5403 {
5404 cmpltr = 4;
5405 }
5406 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5407 {
5408 cmpltr = 5;
5409 }
5410 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5411 {
5412 cmpltr = 6;
5413 }
5414 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5415 {
5416 cmpltr = 7;
5417 }
5418 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5419 completer. */
5420 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5421 {
5422 cmpltr = 0;
5423 nullify = 1;
5424 }
5425 else
5426 {
5427 cmpltr = -1;
5428 }
5429 **s = c;
5430 }
5431
5432 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5433 if (nullify)
5434 *s = save_s;
5435
5436 return cmpltr;
5437 }
5438
5439 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5440 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5441
5442 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5443 returned as 8-15. */
5444
5445 static int
5446 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5447 char **s;
5448 {
5449 int cmpltr;
5450 char *name = *s + 1;
5451 char c;
5452
5453 cmpltr = -1;
5454 if (**s == ',')
5455 {
5456 *s += 1;
5457 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5458 *s += 1;
5459 c = **s;
5460 **s = 0x00;
5461
5462 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5463 {
5464 cmpltr = 0;
5465 }
5466 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5467 {
5468 cmpltr = 1;
5469 }
5470 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5471 {
5472 cmpltr = 2;
5473 }
5474 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5475 {
5476 cmpltr = 3;
5477 }
5478 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5479 {
5480 cmpltr = 4;
5481 }
5482 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5483 {
5484 cmpltr = 5;
5485 }
5486 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5487 {
5488 cmpltr = 6;
5489 }
5490 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5491 {
5492 cmpltr = 7;
5493 }
5494 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5495 {
5496 cmpltr = 8;
5497 }
5498 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5499 {
5500 cmpltr = 9;
5501 }
5502 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5503 {
5504 cmpltr = 10;
5505 }
5506 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5507 {
5508 cmpltr = 11;
5509 }
5510 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5511 {
5512 cmpltr = 12;
5513 }
5514 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5515 {
5516 cmpltr = 13;
5517 }
5518 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5519 {
5520 cmpltr = 14;
5521 }
5522 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5523 {
5524 cmpltr = 15;
5525 }
5526 else
5527 {
5528 cmpltr = -1;
5529 }
5530 **s = c;
5531 }
5532
5533 return cmpltr;
5534 }
5535
5536 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5537 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5538
5539 static int
5540 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5541 char **s;
5542 {
5543 int cmpltr;
5544 char *name = *s + 1;
5545 char c;
5546
5547 cmpltr = -1;
5548 if (**s == ',')
5549 {
5550 *s += 1;
5551 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5552 *s += 1;
5553 c = **s;
5554 **s = 0x00;
5555
5556 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5557 {
5558 cmpltr = 0;
5559 }
5560 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5561 {
5562 cmpltr = 1;
5563 }
5564 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5565 {
5566 cmpltr = 2;
5567 }
5568 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5569 {
5570 cmpltr = 3;
5571 }
5572 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5573 {
5574 cmpltr = 4;
5575 }
5576 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5577 {
5578 cmpltr = 5;
5579 }
5580 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5581 {
5582 cmpltr = 6;
5583 }
5584 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5585 {
5586 cmpltr = 7;
5587 }
5588 else
5589 {
5590 cmpltr = -1;
5591 }
5592 **s = c;
5593 }
5594
5595 return cmpltr;
5596 }
5597
5598 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5599 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5600
5601 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5602 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5603 computational instruction. */
5604
5605 static int
5606 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5607 char **s;
5608 int isbranch;
5609 {
5610 int cmpltr;
5611 char *name = *s + 1;
5612 char c;
5613 char *save_s = *s;
5614
5615 cmpltr = 0;
5616 if (**s == ',')
5617 {
5618 *s += 1;
5619 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5620 *s += 1;
5621 c = **s;
5622 **s = 0x00;
5623 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5624 {
5625 cmpltr = 1;
5626 }
5627 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5628 {
5629 cmpltr = 2;
5630 }
5631 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5632 {
5633 cmpltr = 3;
5634 }
5635 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5636 {
5637 cmpltr = 4;
5638 }
5639 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5640 {
5641 cmpltr = 5;
5642 }
5643 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5644 {
5645 cmpltr = 6;
5646 }
5647 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5648 {
5649 cmpltr = 7;
5650 }
5651 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5652 completer. */
5653 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5654 {
5655 cmpltr = 0;
5656 }
5657 else
5658 {
5659 cmpltr = -1;
5660 }
5661 **s = c;
5662 }
5663
5664 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5665 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5666 *s = save_s;
5667
5668 return cmpltr;
5669 }
5670
5671 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5672 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5673
5674 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5675 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5676 computational instruction). */
5677
5678 static int
5679 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5680 char **s;
5681 int isbranch;
5682 {
5683 int cmpltr;
5684 char *name = *s + 1;
5685 char c;
5686 char *save_s = *s;
5687
5688 cmpltr = 0;
5689 if (**s == ',')
5690 {
5691 *s += 1;
5692 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5693 *s += 1;
5694 c = **s;
5695 **s = 0x00;
5696 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5697 {
5698 cmpltr = 0;
5699 }
5700 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5701 {
5702 cmpltr = 1;
5703 }
5704 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5705 {
5706 cmpltr = 2;
5707 }
5708 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5709 {
5710 cmpltr = 3;
5711 }
5712 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5713 {
5714 cmpltr = 4;
5715 }
5716 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5717 {
5718 cmpltr = 5;
5719 }
5720 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5721 {
5722 cmpltr = 6;
5723 }
5724 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5725 {
5726 cmpltr = 7;
5727 }
5728 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5729 completer. */
5730 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5731 {
5732 cmpltr = 0;
5733 }
5734 else
5735 {
5736 cmpltr = -1;
5737 }
5738 **s = c;
5739 }
5740
5741 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5742 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5743 *s = save_s;
5744
5745 return cmpltr;
5746 }
5747
5748 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5749 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5750
5751 static int
5752 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5753 char **s;
5754 {
5755 int cmpltr;
5756 char *name = *s + 1;
5757 char c;
5758 char *save_s = *s;
5759 int nullify = 0;
5760
5761 cmpltr = 0;
5762 if (**s == ',')
5763 {
5764 *s += 1;
5765 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5766 *s += 1;
5767 c = **s;
5768 **s = 0x00;
5769 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5770 {
5771 cmpltr = 1;
5772 }
5773 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5774 {
5775 cmpltr = 2;
5776 }
5777 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5778 {
5779 cmpltr = 3;
5780 }
5781 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5782 {
5783 cmpltr = 4;
5784 }
5785 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5786 {
5787 cmpltr = 5;
5788 }
5789 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5790 {
5791 cmpltr = 6;
5792 }
5793 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5794 {
5795 cmpltr = 7;
5796 }
5797 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5798 {
5799 cmpltr = 8;
5800 }
5801 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5802 {
5803 cmpltr = 9;
5804 }
5805 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5806 {
5807 cmpltr = 10;
5808 }
5809 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5810 {
5811 cmpltr = 11;
5812 }
5813 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5814 {
5815 cmpltr = 12;
5816 }
5817 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5818 {
5819 cmpltr = 13;
5820 }
5821 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5822 {
5823 cmpltr = 14;
5824 }
5825 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5826 {
5827 cmpltr = 15;
5828 }
5829 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5830 completer. */
5831 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5832 {
5833 cmpltr = 0;
5834 nullify = 1;
5835 }
5836 else
5837 {
5838 cmpltr = -1;
5839 }
5840 **s = c;
5841 }
5842
5843 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5844 if (nullify)
5845 *s = save_s;
5846
5847 return cmpltr;
5848 }
5849
5850 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5851 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5852 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5853 static void
5854 pa_align (bytes)
5855 int bytes;
5856 {
5857 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5858 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5859
5860 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5861 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5862
5863 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5864 alignment if necessary. */
5865 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5866 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5867 }
5868 #endif
5869
5870 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5871
5872 static void
5873 pa_block (z)
5874 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5875 {
5876 char *p;
5877 long int temp_fill;
5878 unsigned int temp_size;
5879 unsigned int i;
5880
5881 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5882 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5883 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5884 #endif
5885
5886 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5887
5888 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5889 temp_fill = 0;
5890
5891 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5892 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5893 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5894
5895 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5896
5897 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5898 {
5899 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5900 (valueT) temp_fill,
5901 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5902 }
5903
5904 pa_undefine_label ();
5905 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5906 }
5907
5908 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5909
5910 static void
5911 pa_brtab (begin)
5912 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5913 {
5914
5915 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5916 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5917 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5918 char *where = frag_more (0);
5919
5920 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5921 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5922 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5923 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5924 #endif
5925
5926 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5927 }
5928
5929 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5930
5931 static void
5932 pa_try (begin)
5933 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5934 {
5935 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5936 expressionS exp;
5937 char *where = frag_more (0);
5938
5939 if (! begin)
5940 expression (&exp);
5941
5942 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5943 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5944
5945 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5946 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5947 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5948 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5949 #endif
5950
5951 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5952 }
5953
5954 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5955 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5956 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5957
5958 static void
5959 pa_call (unused)
5960 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5961 {
5962 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5963 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5964 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5965 #endif
5966
5967 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5968 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5969 }
5970
5971 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5972 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5973
5974 static void
5975 pa_call_args (call_desc)
5976 struct call_desc *call_desc;
5977 {
5978 char *name, c, *p;
5979 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5980
5981 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5982 {
5983 name = input_line_pointer;
5984 c = get_symbol_end ();
5985 /* Process a source argument. */
5986 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5987 {
5988 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5989 p = input_line_pointer;
5990 *p = c;
5991 input_line_pointer++;
5992 name = input_line_pointer;
5993 c = get_symbol_end ();
5994 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5995 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5996 }
5997 /* Process a return value. */
5998 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5999 {
6000 p = input_line_pointer;
6001 *p = c;
6002 input_line_pointer++;
6003 name = input_line_pointer;
6004 c = get_symbol_end ();
6005 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6006 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6007 }
6008 else
6009 {
6010 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6011 }
6012 p = input_line_pointer;
6013 *p = c;
6014 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6015 input_line_pointer++;
6016 }
6017 }
6018
6019 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6020
6021 static int
6022 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6023 fragS *frag1;
6024 fragS *frag2;
6025 {
6026
6027 if (frag1 == NULL)
6028 return (FALSE);
6029 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6030 return (FALSE);
6031 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6032 return (TRUE);
6033 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6034 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6035 else
6036 return (FALSE);
6037 }
6038
6039 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6040 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6041 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6042 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6043 of the unwind spaces. */
6044
6045 static void
6046 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6047 struct call_info *call_info;
6048 {
6049 char *unwind;
6050 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6051 subsegT save_subseg;
6052 unsigned int i;
6053 int reloc;
6054 char c, *p;
6055
6056 if (now_seg != text_section)
6057 return;
6058
6059 if (bfd_get_arch_info (stdoutput)->bits_per_address == 32)
6060 reloc = R_PARISC_DIR32;
6061 else
6062 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6063
6064 save_seg = now_seg;
6065 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6066 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6067 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6068 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6069 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6070 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6071 {
6072 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6073 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6074 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6075 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6076 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6077 }
6078
6079 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6080
6081 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6082 descriptor. */
6083 p = frag_more (4);
6084 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6085
6086 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6087 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6088 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6089 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6090 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6091
6092 p = frag_more (4);
6093 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6094
6095 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6096
6097 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6098 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6099 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6100 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6101 finished with its work. */
6102
6103 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6104 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6105 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6106 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6107
6108 /* Dump it. */
6109 unwind = (char *) &call_info->ci_unwind;
6110 for (i = 8; i < sizeof (struct unwind_table); i++)
6111 {
6112 c = *(unwind + i);
6113 {
6114 FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
6115 }
6116 }
6117
6118 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6119 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6120 }
6121 #endif
6122
6123 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6124 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6125 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6126
6127 static void
6128 pa_callinfo (unused)
6129 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6130 {
6131 char *name, c, *p;
6132 int temp;
6133
6134 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6135 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6136 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6137 #endif
6138
6139 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6140 if (!within_procedure)
6141 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6142
6143 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6144 current procedure. */
6145 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6146
6147 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6148 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6149 {
6150 name = input_line_pointer;
6151 c = get_symbol_end ();
6152 /* Frame size specification. */
6153 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6154 {
6155 p = input_line_pointer;
6156 *p = c;
6157 input_line_pointer++;
6158 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6159 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6160 {
6161 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6162 temp = 0;
6163 }
6164
6165 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6166 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6167
6168 }
6169 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6170 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6171 {
6172 p = input_line_pointer;
6173 *p = c;
6174 input_line_pointer++;
6175 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6176 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6177 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6178 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6179 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6180 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6181 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6182 }
6183 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6184 {
6185 p = input_line_pointer;
6186 *p = c;
6187 input_line_pointer++;
6188 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6189 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6190 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6191 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6192 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6193 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6194 }
6195 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6196 {
6197 p = input_line_pointer;
6198 *p = c;
6199 input_line_pointer++;
6200 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6201 if (temp != 3)
6202 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6203 }
6204 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6205 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6206 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6207 {
6208 p = input_line_pointer;
6209 *p = c;
6210 }
6211 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6212 {
6213 p = input_line_pointer;
6214 *p = c;
6215 }
6216 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6217 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6218 {
6219 p = input_line_pointer;
6220 *p = c;
6221 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6222 }
6223 /* Likewise for SP. */
6224 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6225 {
6226 p = input_line_pointer;
6227 *p = c;
6228 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6229 }
6230 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6231 in the unwind descriptor. */
6232 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6233 {
6234 p = input_line_pointer;
6235 *p = c;
6236 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6237 }
6238 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6239 unwind descriptor. */
6240 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6241 {
6242 p = input_line_pointer;
6243 *p = c;
6244 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6245 }
6246 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6247 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6248 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6249 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6250 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6251 {
6252 p = input_line_pointer;
6253 *p = c;
6254 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6255 }
6256 else
6257 {
6258 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6259 *input_line_pointer = c;
6260 }
6261 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6262 input_line_pointer++;
6263 }
6264
6265 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6266 }
6267
6268 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6269 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6270 label when finished. */
6271 static void
6272 pa_text (unused)
6273 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6274 {
6275 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6276 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6277 current_subspace
6278 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6279 #endif
6280
6281 s_text (0);
6282 pa_undefine_label ();
6283 }
6284
6285 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6286 static void
6287 pa_data (unused)
6288 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6289 {
6290 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6291 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6292 current_subspace
6293 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6294 #endif
6295 s_data (0);
6296 pa_undefine_label ();
6297 }
6298
6299 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6300 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6301
6302 <label> .comm <length>
6303
6304 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6305 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6306 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6307 and subspace.
6308
6309 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6310
6311 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6312 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6313 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6314 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6315 a pain.
6316
6317 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6318
6319 static void
6320 pa_comm (unused)
6321 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6322 {
6323 unsigned int size;
6324 symbolS *symbol;
6325 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6326
6327 if (label_symbol)
6328 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6329 else
6330 symbol = NULL;
6331
6332 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6333 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6334
6335 if (symbol)
6336 {
6337 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6338 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6339 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6340
6341 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6342 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6343 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6344 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6345 }
6346 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6347 }
6348 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6349
6350 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6351
6352 static void
6353 pa_end (unused)
6354 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6355 {
6356 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6357 }
6358
6359 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6360 static void
6361 pa_enter (unused)
6362 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6363 {
6364 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6365 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6366 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6367 #endif
6368
6369 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6370 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6371 }
6372
6373 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6374 procesure. */
6375 static void
6376 pa_entry (unused)
6377 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6378 {
6379 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6380 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6381 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6382 #endif
6383
6384 if (!within_procedure)
6385 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6386 else
6387 {
6388 if (!callinfo_found)
6389 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6390 }
6391 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6392 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6393
6394 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6395 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6396 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6397 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6398 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6399
6400 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6401 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6402 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6403 denote the entry and exit points. */
6404 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6405 {
6406 char *where = frag_more (0);
6407
6408 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6409 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6410 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6411 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6412 }
6413 #endif
6414 }
6415
6416 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6417 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6418 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6419 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6420
6421 int
6422 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6423 expressionS *resultP;
6424 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6425 expressionS *rightP;
6426 {
6427 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6428 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6429 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6430 {
6431 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6432 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6433 }
6434 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6435 }
6436
6437 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6438
6439 static void
6440 pa_equ (reg)
6441 int reg;
6442 {
6443 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6444 symbolS *symbol;
6445
6446 if (label_symbol)
6447 {
6448 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6449 if (reg)
6450 {
6451 strict = 1;
6452 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6453 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6454 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6455 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6456 }
6457 else
6458 {
6459 expressionS exp;
6460 segT seg;
6461
6462 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6463 seg = expression (&exp);
6464 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6465 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6466 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6467 {
6468 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6469 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6470 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6471 seg = absolute_section;
6472 }
6473 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6474 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6475 }
6476 }
6477 else
6478 {
6479 if (reg)
6480 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6481 else
6482 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6483 }
6484
6485 pa_undefine_label ();
6486 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6487 }
6488
6489 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6490 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6491 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6492
6493 static void
6494 process_exit ()
6495 {
6496 char *where;
6497
6498 where = frag_more (0);
6499
6500 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6501 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6502 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6503 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6504 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6505 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6506 #else
6507 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6508 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6509 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6510 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6511
6512 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6513 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6514 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6515 denote the entry and exit points. */
6516 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6517 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6518 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6519 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor + 1);
6520 #endif
6521 }
6522
6523 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6524
6525 static void
6526 pa_exit (unused)
6527 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6528 {
6529 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6530 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6531 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6532 #endif
6533
6534 if (!within_procedure)
6535 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6536 else
6537 {
6538 if (!callinfo_found)
6539 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6540 else
6541 {
6542 if (!within_entry_exit)
6543 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6544 else
6545 {
6546 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6547 process_exit ();
6548 }
6549 }
6550 }
6551 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6552 }
6553
6554 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6555 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6556 to callers. */
6557
6558 static void
6559 pa_export (unused)
6560 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6561 {
6562 char *name, c, *p;
6563 symbolS *symbol;
6564
6565 name = input_line_pointer;
6566 c = get_symbol_end ();
6567 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6568 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6569 {
6570 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6571 p = input_line_pointer;
6572 *p = c;
6573 input_line_pointer++;
6574 }
6575 else
6576 {
6577 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6578 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6579 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6580 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6581 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6582 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6583 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6584 p = input_line_pointer;
6585 *p = c;
6586 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6587 {
6588 input_line_pointer++;
6589 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6590 }
6591 }
6592
6593 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6594 }
6595
6596 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6597
6598 static void
6599 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6600 symbolS *symbolP;
6601 int is_export;
6602 {
6603 char *name, c, *p;
6604 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6605 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6606 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6607
6608 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6609
6610 {
6611 input_line_pointer += 8;
6612 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6613 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6614 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6615 }
6616 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6617 {
6618 input_line_pointer += 4;
6619 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6620 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6621
6622 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6623 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6624 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6625 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6626 {
6627 if (is_export)
6628 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6629 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6630
6631 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6632 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6633 }
6634 else
6635 {
6636 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6637 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6638 }
6639 }
6640 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6641 {
6642 input_line_pointer += 4;
6643 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6644 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6645 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6646 }
6647 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6648 {
6649 input_line_pointer += 5;
6650 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6651 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6652 }
6653 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6654 {
6655 input_line_pointer += 9;
6656 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6657 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6658 {
6659 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6660 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6661 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6662 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6663 }
6664 #endif
6665 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6666 }
6667 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6668 {
6669 input_line_pointer += 6;
6670 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6671 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6672 }
6673 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6674 {
6675 input_line_pointer += 8;
6676 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6677 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6678 }
6679 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6680 {
6681 input_line_pointer += 8;
6682 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6683 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6684 }
6685
6686 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6687 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6688 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6689 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6690 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6691 #endif
6692
6693 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6694 handle any argument relocation information. */
6695 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6696 {
6697 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6698 input_line_pointer++;
6699 name = input_line_pointer;
6700 c = get_symbol_end ();
6701 /* Argument sources. */
6702 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6703 {
6704 p = input_line_pointer;
6705 *p = c;
6706 input_line_pointer++;
6707 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6708 name = input_line_pointer;
6709 c = get_symbol_end ();
6710 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6711 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6712 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6713 #endif
6714 *input_line_pointer = c;
6715 }
6716 /* The return value. */
6717 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6718 {
6719 p = input_line_pointer;
6720 *p = c;
6721 input_line_pointer++;
6722 name = input_line_pointer;
6723 c = get_symbol_end ();
6724 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6725 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6726 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6727 #endif
6728 *input_line_pointer = c;
6729 }
6730 /* Privelege level. */
6731 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6732 {
6733 p = input_line_pointer;
6734 *p = c;
6735 input_line_pointer++;
6736 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6737 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6738 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6739 #endif
6740 c = get_symbol_end ();
6741 *input_line_pointer = c;
6742 }
6743 else
6744 {
6745 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6746 p = input_line_pointer;
6747 *p = c;
6748 }
6749 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6750 input_line_pointer++;
6751 }
6752 }
6753
6754 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6755 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6756 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6757
6758 static void
6759 pa_import (unused)
6760 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6761 {
6762 char *name, c, *p;
6763 symbolS *symbol;
6764
6765 name = input_line_pointer;
6766 c = get_symbol_end ();
6767
6768 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6769 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6770 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6771 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6772 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6773 {
6774 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6775 p = input_line_pointer;
6776 *p = c;
6777
6778 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6779 {
6780 input_line_pointer++;
6781 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6782 }
6783 else
6784 {
6785 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6786 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6787 the the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6788 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6789 if (now_seg == text_section)
6790 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6791
6792 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6793 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6794 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6795 }
6796 }
6797 else
6798 {
6799 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6800 the end of the current statement. */
6801 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6802 input_line_pointer++;
6803 }
6804
6805 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6806 }
6807
6808 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6809
6810 static void
6811 pa_label (unused)
6812 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6813 {
6814 char *name, c, *p;
6815
6816 name = input_line_pointer;
6817 c = get_symbol_end ();
6818
6819 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6820 {
6821 colon (name);
6822 p = input_line_pointer;
6823 *p = c;
6824 }
6825 else
6826 {
6827 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6828 }
6829
6830 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6831 {
6832 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6833 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6834 }
6835 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6836 }
6837
6838 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6839
6840 static void
6841 pa_leave (unused)
6842 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6843 {
6844 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6845 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6846 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6847 #endif
6848
6849 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6850 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6851 }
6852
6853 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6854
6855 static void
6856 pa_level (unused)
6857 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6858 {
6859 char *level;
6860
6861 level = input_line_pointer;
6862 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6863 {
6864 input_line_pointer += 3;
6865 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6866 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6867 }
6868 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6869 {
6870 input_line_pointer += 3;
6871 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6872 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6873 }
6874 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6875 {
6876 input_line_pointer += 4;
6877 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6878 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6879 }
6880 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6881 {
6882 input_line_pointer += 3;
6883 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6884 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6885 }
6886 else
6887 {
6888 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6889 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6890 }
6891 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6892 }
6893
6894 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6895
6896 static void
6897 pa_origin (unused)
6898 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6899 {
6900 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6901 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6902 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6903 #endif
6904
6905 s_org (0);
6906 pa_undefine_label ();
6907 }
6908
6909 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6910 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6911
6912 static void
6913 pa_param (unused)
6914 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6915 {
6916 char *name, c, *p;
6917 symbolS *symbol;
6918
6919 name = input_line_pointer;
6920 c = get_symbol_end ();
6921
6922 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6923 {
6924 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6925 p = input_line_pointer;
6926 *p = c;
6927 input_line_pointer++;
6928 }
6929 else
6930 {
6931 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6932 p = input_line_pointer;
6933 *p = c;
6934 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6935 {
6936 input_line_pointer++;
6937 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6938 }
6939 }
6940
6941 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6942 }
6943
6944 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6945 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6946
6947 static void
6948 pa_proc (unused)
6949 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6950 {
6951 struct call_info *call_info;
6952
6953 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6954 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6955 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6956 #endif
6957
6958 if (within_procedure)
6959 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6960
6961 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6962 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6963 within_procedure = TRUE;
6964
6965 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6966 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6967
6968 if (!call_info)
6969 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6970
6971 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6972
6973 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6974
6975 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6976 {
6977 call_info_root = call_info;
6978 last_call_info = call_info;
6979 }
6980 else
6981 {
6982 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6983 last_call_info = call_info;
6984 }
6985
6986 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6987
6988 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6989 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6990 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6991
6992 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6993 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6994 {
6995 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6996
6997 if (label_symbol)
6998 {
6999 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7000 {
7001 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7002 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7003 }
7004 else
7005 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7006 }
7007 else
7008 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7009 }
7010
7011 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7012 }
7013
7014 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7015 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7016
7017 static void
7018 pa_procend (unused)
7019 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7020 {
7021
7022 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7023 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7024 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7025 #endif
7026
7027 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7028 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7029 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7030
7031 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7032 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7033 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7034 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7035 {
7036 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7037
7038 if (label_symbol)
7039 {
7040 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7041 {
7042 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7043 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7044 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7045 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7046 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7047 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7048 if (within_entry_exit)
7049 {
7050 char *where = frag_more (0);
7051
7052 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7053 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7054 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
7055 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7056 }
7057 #endif
7058 }
7059 else
7060 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7061 }
7062 else
7063 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7064 }
7065
7066 if (!within_procedure)
7067 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7068
7069 if (!callinfo_found)
7070 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7071
7072 if (within_entry_exit)
7073 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7074
7075 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7076 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7077 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7078 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7079 #endif
7080
7081 within_procedure = FALSE;
7082 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7083 pa_undefine_label ();
7084 }
7085
7086 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7087 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7088 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7089
7090 static int
7091 log2 (value)
7092 int value;
7093 {
7094 int shift = 0;
7095
7096 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7097 shift++;
7098
7099 if (shift >= 32)
7100 return -1;
7101 else
7102 return shift;
7103 }
7104
7105 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7106
7107 static void
7108 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7109 {
7110 if (current_space == NULL)
7111 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7112
7113 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7114 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7115 }
7116
7117 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7118 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7119 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7120
7121 static sd_chain_struct *
7122 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7123 char *space_name;
7124 int create_flag;
7125 {
7126 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7127 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7128 int spnum;
7129 asection *seg = NULL;
7130 sd_chain_struct *space;
7131
7132 /* load default values */
7133 spnum = 0;
7134 sort = 0;
7135 loadable = TRUE;
7136 defined = TRUE;
7137 private = FALSE;
7138 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7139 {
7140 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7141 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7142 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7143 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7144 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7145 }
7146 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7147 {
7148 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7149 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7150 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7151 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7152 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7153 }
7154
7155 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7156 {
7157 print_errors = FALSE;
7158 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7159 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7160 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7161 the line should be ignored. */
7162 strict = 0;
7163 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7164 if (pa_number >= 0)
7165 {
7166 spnum = pa_number;
7167 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7168 }
7169 else
7170 {
7171 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7172 {
7173 input_line_pointer++;
7174 name = input_line_pointer;
7175 c = get_symbol_end ();
7176 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7177 {
7178 *input_line_pointer = c;
7179 input_line_pointer++;
7180 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7181 }
7182 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7183 {
7184 *input_line_pointer = c;
7185 input_line_pointer++;
7186 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7187 }
7188 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7189 {
7190 *input_line_pointer = c;
7191 loadable = FALSE;
7192 }
7193 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7194 {
7195 *input_line_pointer = c;
7196 defined = FALSE;
7197 }
7198 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7199 {
7200 *input_line_pointer = c;
7201 private = TRUE;
7202 }
7203 else
7204 {
7205 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7206 *input_line_pointer = c;
7207 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7208 input_line_pointer++;
7209 }
7210 }
7211 }
7212 print_errors = TRUE;
7213 }
7214
7215 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7216 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7217
7218 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7219 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7220 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7221 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7222 if (create_flag)
7223 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7224 private, sort, seg, 1);
7225 else
7226 {
7227 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7228 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7229 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7230 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7231 }
7232
7233 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7234 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7235 #endif
7236
7237 return space;
7238 }
7239
7240 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7241 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7242
7243 static void
7244 pa_space (unused)
7245 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7246 {
7247 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7248 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7249
7250 if (within_procedure)
7251 {
7252 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7253 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7254 }
7255 else
7256 {
7257 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7258 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7259 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7260 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7261 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7262 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7263 {
7264 input_line_pointer += 6;
7265 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7266 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7267 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7268 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7269 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7270
7271 current_space = sd_chain;
7272 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7273 current_subspace
7274 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7275 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7276 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7277 return;
7278 }
7279 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7280 {
7281 input_line_pointer += 9;
7282 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7283 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7284 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7285 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7286 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7287
7288 current_space = sd_chain;
7289 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7290 current_subspace
7291 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7292 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7293 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7294 return;
7295 }
7296 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7297 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7298 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7299 {
7300 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7301 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7302 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7303 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7304 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7305 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7306
7307 current_space = sd_chain;
7308
7309 {
7310 asection *gdb_section
7311 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7312
7313 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7314 current_subspace
7315 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7316 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7317 }
7318 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7319 return;
7320 }
7321
7322 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7323 print_errors = 0;
7324 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7325 strict = 0;
7326 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7327 if (pa_number >= 0)
7328 {
7329 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7330 {
7331 current_space = sd_chain;
7332
7333 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7334 current_subspace
7335 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7336 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7337 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7338 return;
7339 }
7340 }
7341
7342 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7343 print_errors = 1;
7344 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7345 name = input_line_pointer;
7346 c = get_symbol_end ();
7347 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7348 strcpy (space_name, name);
7349 *input_line_pointer = c;
7350
7351 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7352 current_space = sd_chain;
7353
7354 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7355 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7356 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7357 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7358 }
7359 }
7360
7361 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7362
7363 static void
7364 pa_spnum (unused)
7365 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7366 {
7367 char *name;
7368 char c;
7369 char *p;
7370 sd_chain_struct *space;
7371
7372 name = input_line_pointer;
7373 c = get_symbol_end ();
7374 space = is_defined_space (name);
7375 if (space)
7376 {
7377 p = frag_more (4);
7378 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7379 }
7380 else
7381 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7382
7383 *input_line_pointer = c;
7384 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7385 }
7386
7387 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7388 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7389
7390 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7391 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7392
7393 static void
7394 pa_subspace (create_new)
7395 int create_new;
7396 {
7397 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7398 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7399 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7400 sd_chain_struct *space;
7401 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7402 asection *section;
7403
7404 if (current_space == NULL)
7405 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7406
7407 if (within_procedure)
7408 {
7409 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7410 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7411 }
7412 else
7413 {
7414 name = input_line_pointer;
7415 c = get_symbol_end ();
7416 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7417 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7418 *input_line_pointer = c;
7419
7420 /* Load default values. */
7421 sort = 0;
7422 access = 0x7f;
7423 loadable = 1;
7424 common = 0;
7425 dup_common = 0;
7426 code_only = 0;
7427 zero = 0;
7428 space_index = ~0;
7429 alignment = 1;
7430 quadrant = 0;
7431
7432 space = current_space;
7433 if (create_new)
7434 ssd = NULL;
7435 else
7436 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7437 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7438 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7439 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7440 {
7441 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7442 current_subspace = ssd;
7443 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7444 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7445 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7446 return;
7447 }
7448 else
7449 {
7450 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7451 the builtin subspaces. */
7452 i = 0;
7453 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7454 {
7455 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7456 {
7457 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7458 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7459 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7460 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7461 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7462 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7463 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7464 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7465 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7466 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7467 break;
7468 }
7469 i++;
7470 }
7471 }
7472
7473 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7474 any information as specified by the user. */
7475 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7476 {
7477 input_line_pointer++;
7478 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7479 {
7480 name = input_line_pointer;
7481 c = get_symbol_end ();
7482 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7483 {
7484 *input_line_pointer = c;
7485 input_line_pointer++;
7486 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7487 }
7488 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7489 {
7490 *input_line_pointer = c;
7491 input_line_pointer++;
7492 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7493 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7494 {
7495 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7496 alignment = 1;
7497 }
7498 }
7499 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7500 {
7501 *input_line_pointer = c;
7502 input_line_pointer++;
7503 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7504 }
7505 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7506 {
7507 *input_line_pointer = c;
7508 input_line_pointer++;
7509 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7510 }
7511 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7512 {
7513 *input_line_pointer = c;
7514 code_only = 1;
7515 }
7516 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7517 {
7518 *input_line_pointer = c;
7519 loadable = 0;
7520 }
7521 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7522 {
7523 *input_line_pointer = c;
7524 common = 1;
7525 }
7526 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7527 {
7528 *input_line_pointer = c;
7529 dup_common = 1;
7530 }
7531 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7532 {
7533 *input_line_pointer = c;
7534 zero = 1;
7535 }
7536 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7537 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7538 else
7539 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7540 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7541 input_line_pointer++;
7542 }
7543 }
7544
7545 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7546 in the .subspace directive. */
7547 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7548 flags = 0;
7549 if (loadable)
7550 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7551 if (code_only)
7552 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7553 if (common || dup_common)
7554 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7555
7556 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7557
7558 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7559 if (zero)
7560 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7561
7562 applicable &= flags;
7563
7564 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7565 segment already associated with the subspace.
7566
7567 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7568 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7569 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7570 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7571 if (create_new)
7572 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7573 else if (ssd)
7574 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7575 else
7576 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7577
7578 if (zero)
7579 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7580
7581 /* Now set the flags. */
7582 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7583
7584 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7585 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7586
7587 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7588 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7589 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7590
7591 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7592 or create a new one. */
7593 if (ssd)
7594
7595 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7596 code_only, common, dup_common,
7597 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7598 alignment, quadrant,
7599 section);
7600 else
7601 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7602 code_only, common,
7603 dup_common, zero, sort,
7604 access, space_index,
7605 alignment, quadrant, section);
7606
7607 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7608 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7609 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7610 }
7611 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7612 }
7613
7614 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7615
7616 static void
7617 pa_spaces_begin ()
7618 {
7619 int i;
7620
7621 space_dict_root = NULL;
7622 space_dict_last = NULL;
7623
7624 i = 0;
7625 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7626 {
7627 char *name;
7628
7629 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7630 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7631
7632 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7633 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7634 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7635 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7636 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7637 i++;
7638 }
7639
7640 i = 0;
7641 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7642 {
7643 char *name;
7644 int applicable, subsegment;
7645 asection *segment = NULL;
7646 sd_chain_struct *space;
7647
7648 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7649 subsegment number. */
7650 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7651 subsegment = 0;
7652
7653 /* Create the new section. */
7654 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7655
7656 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7657 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7658 all the built-in subspaces. */
7659 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7660 {
7661 text_section = segment;
7662 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7663 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7664 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7665 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7666 | SEC_READONLY
7667 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7668 }
7669 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7670 {
7671 data_section = segment;
7672 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7673 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7674 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7675 | SEC_RELOC
7676 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7677
7678 }
7679 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7680 {
7681 bss_section = segment;
7682 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7683 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7684 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7685 }
7686 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7687 {
7688 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7689 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7690 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7691 | SEC_RELOC
7692 | SEC_READONLY
7693 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7694 }
7695 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7696 {
7697 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7698 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7699 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7700 | SEC_RELOC
7701 | SEC_READONLY
7702 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7703 }
7704 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7705 {
7706 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7707 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7708 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7709 | SEC_RELOC
7710 | SEC_READONLY
7711 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7712 }
7713
7714 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7715 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7716 def_space_index].segment);
7717 if (space == NULL)
7718 {
7719 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7720 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7721 }
7722
7723 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7724 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7725 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7726 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7727 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7728 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7729 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7730 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7731 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7732 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7733 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7734 segment);
7735 i++;
7736 }
7737 }
7738
7739 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7740 by the given parameters. */
7741
7742 static sd_chain_struct *
7743 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7744 sort, seg, user_defined)
7745 char *name;
7746 int spnum;
7747 int loadable;
7748 int defined;
7749 int private;
7750 int sort;
7751 asection *seg;
7752 int user_defined;
7753 {
7754 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7755
7756 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7757 if (!chain_entry)
7758 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7759 name);
7760
7761 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7762 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7763 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7764 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7765 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7766
7767 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7768 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7769 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7770 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7771
7772 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7773 if (!space_dict_last)
7774 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7775
7776 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7777 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7778 else
7779 {
7780 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7781 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7782
7783 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7784 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7785
7786 while (chain_pointer)
7787 {
7788 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7789 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7790 }
7791
7792 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7793 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7794 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7795 {
7796 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7797 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7798 }
7799 else
7800 {
7801 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7802 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7803 }
7804
7805 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7806 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7807 }
7808
7809 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7810 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7811 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7812 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7813 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7814 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7815 #endif
7816
7817 return chain_entry;
7818 }
7819
7820 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7821 by the given parameters.
7822
7823 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7824 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7825
7826 static ssd_chain_struct *
7827 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7828 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7829 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7830 sd_chain_struct *space;
7831 char *name;
7832 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7833 int sort;
7834 int access;
7835 int space_index;
7836 int alignment;
7837 int quadrant;
7838 asection *seg;
7839 {
7840 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7841
7842 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7843 if (!chain_entry)
7844 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7845
7846 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7847 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7848
7849 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7850 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7851 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7852
7853 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7854 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7855 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7856
7857 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7858 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7859 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7860 else
7861 {
7862 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7863 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7864
7865 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7866 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7867
7868 while (chain_pointer)
7869 {
7870 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7871 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7872 }
7873
7874 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7875 the links. */
7876 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7877 {
7878 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7879 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7880 }
7881 else
7882 {
7883 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7884 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7885 }
7886 }
7887
7888 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7889 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7890 sort, quadrant);
7891 #endif
7892
7893 return chain_entry;
7894 }
7895
7896 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7897 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7898
7899 static ssd_chain_struct *
7900 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7901 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7902 sd_chain_struct *space;
7903 char *name;
7904 int loadable;
7905 int code_only;
7906 int common;
7907 int dup_common;
7908 int zero;
7909 int sort;
7910 int access;
7911 int space_index;
7912 int alignment;
7913 int quadrant;
7914 asection *section;
7915 {
7916 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7917
7918 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7919
7920 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7921 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7922 sort, quadrant);
7923 #endif
7924
7925 return chain_entry;
7926 }
7927
7928 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7929 NULL if no such space exists. */
7930
7931 static sd_chain_struct *
7932 is_defined_space (name)
7933 char *name;
7934 {
7935 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7936
7937 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7938 chain_pointer;
7939 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7940 {
7941 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7942 return chain_pointer;
7943 }
7944
7945 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7946 return NULL;
7947 }
7948
7949 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7950 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7951
7952 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7953 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7954
7955 static sd_chain_struct *
7956 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
7957 asection *seg;
7958 {
7959 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7960
7961 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7962 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7963 space_chain;
7964 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7965 {
7966 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7967 return space_chain;
7968 }
7969
7970 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7971 return NULL;
7972 }
7973
7974 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
7975 NULL if no such subspace exists.
7976
7977 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7978 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7979 own subspace. */
7980
7981 static ssd_chain_struct *
7982 is_defined_subspace (name)
7983 char *name;
7984 {
7985 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7986 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7987
7988 /* Walk through each space. */
7989 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7990 space_chain;
7991 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7992 {
7993 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7994 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7995 subspace_chain;
7996 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7997 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7998 return subspace_chain;
7999 }
8000
8001 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8002 return NULL;
8003 }
8004
8005 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8006 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8007
8008 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8009 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8010 to become more efficient. */
8011
8012 static ssd_chain_struct *
8013 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8014 asection *seg;
8015 subsegT subseg;
8016 {
8017 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8018 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8019
8020 /* Walk through each space. */
8021 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8022 space_chain;
8023 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8024 {
8025 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8026 {
8027 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8028 the correct mapping. */
8029 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8030 subspace_chain;
8031 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8032 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8033 return subspace_chain;
8034 }
8035 }
8036
8037 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8038 return NULL;
8039 }
8040
8041 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8042
8043 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8044 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8045
8046 static sd_chain_struct *
8047 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8048 int number;
8049 {
8050 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8051
8052 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8053 space_chain;
8054 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8055 {
8056 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8057 return space_chain;
8058 }
8059
8060 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8061 return NULL;
8062 }
8063
8064 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8065 address is unknown then return zero. */
8066
8067 static unsigned int
8068 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8069 sd_chain_struct *space;
8070 int quadrant;
8071 {
8072 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8073 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8074 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8075 return 0x40000000;
8076 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8077 return 0x40000000;
8078 else
8079 return 0;
8080 return 0;
8081 }
8082
8083 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8084 static int
8085 pa_next_subseg (space)
8086 sd_chain_struct *space;
8087 {
8088
8089 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8090 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8091 }
8092 #endif
8093
8094 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8095 a string. */
8096
8097 static unsigned int
8098 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8099 char *s;
8100 {
8101 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8102
8103 switch (c)
8104 {
8105 case '\"':
8106 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8107 break;
8108 default:
8109 break;
8110 }
8111 return c;
8112 }
8113
8114 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8115
8116 static void
8117 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8118 int append_zero;
8119 {
8120 char *s, num_buf[4];
8121 unsigned int c;
8122 int i;
8123
8124 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8125 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8126 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8127
8128 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8129 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8130 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8131 #endif
8132
8133 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8134 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8135
8136 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8137 {
8138 if (c == '\\')
8139 {
8140 c = *s;
8141 switch (c)
8142 {
8143 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8144 case 'x':
8145 {
8146 unsigned int number;
8147 int num_digit;
8148 char dg;
8149 char *s_start = s;
8150
8151 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8152 s++;
8153 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8154 num_digit < 2
8155 && (isdigit (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8156 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8157 num_digit++)
8158 {
8159 if (isdigit (dg))
8160 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8161 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8162 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8163 else
8164 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8165
8166 s++;
8167 dg = *s;
8168 }
8169 if (num_digit > 0)
8170 {
8171 switch (num_digit)
8172 {
8173 case 1:
8174 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8175 break;
8176 case 2:
8177 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8178 break;
8179 }
8180 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8181 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8182 }
8183 break;
8184 }
8185 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8186 default:
8187 s++;
8188 break;
8189 }
8190 }
8191 }
8192 stringer (append_zero);
8193 pa_undefine_label ();
8194 }
8195
8196 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8197
8198 static void
8199 pa_version (unused)
8200 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8201 {
8202 obj_version (0);
8203 pa_undefine_label ();
8204 }
8205
8206 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8207
8208 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8209
8210 static void
8211 pa_compiler (unused)
8212 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8213 {
8214 obj_som_compiler (0);
8215 pa_undefine_label ();
8216 }
8217
8218 #endif
8219
8220 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8221
8222 static void
8223 pa_copyright (unused)
8224 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8225 {
8226 obj_copyright (0);
8227 pa_undefine_label ();
8228 }
8229
8230 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8231 the latest space label. */
8232
8233 static void
8234 pa_cons (nbytes)
8235 int nbytes;
8236 {
8237 cons (nbytes);
8238 pa_undefine_label ();
8239 }
8240
8241 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8242
8243 static void
8244 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8245 int float_type;
8246 {
8247 float_cons (float_type);
8248 pa_undefine_label ();
8249 }
8250
8251 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8252
8253 static void
8254 pa_fill (unused)
8255 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8256 {
8257 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8258 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8259 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8260 #endif
8261
8262 s_fill (0);
8263 pa_undefine_label ();
8264 }
8265
8266 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8267
8268 static void
8269 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8270 int needs_align;
8271 {
8272 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8273 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8274 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8275 #endif
8276
8277 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8278 pa_undefine_label ();
8279 }
8280
8281 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8282
8283 static void
8284 pa_lsym (unused)
8285 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8286 {
8287 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8288 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8289 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8290 #endif
8291
8292 s_lsym (0);
8293 pa_undefine_label ();
8294 }
8295
8296 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8297 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8298 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8299
8300 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8301 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8302 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8303 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8304 with the address of "foo").
8305
8306 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8307 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8308 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8309
8310 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8311 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8312 selectors).
8313
8314 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8315 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8316
8317 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8318 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8319 right bits out of an instruction. */
8320
8321 int
8322 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8323 fixS *fixp;
8324 {
8325 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8326
8327 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8328
8329 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8330 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8331 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8332 return 0;
8333 #endif
8334
8335 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8336 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8337 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8338 return 0;
8339 #endif
8340
8341 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8342 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8343 return 0;
8344
8345 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8346 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8347
8348 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8349 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8350 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8351 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8352 && fixp->fx_subsy
8353 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8354 {
8355 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8356 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8357 return 0;
8358 }
8359
8360 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8361
8362 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8363 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8364 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8365 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8366 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8367 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8368 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8369 sum to the right value.
8370
8371 eg. Suppose we have
8372 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8373 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8374 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8375
8376 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8377 reducing to the section symbol we get
8378 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8379 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8380 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8381 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8382 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8383
8384 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8385 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8386 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8387 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8388 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8389
8390 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8391 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8392 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8393 return 0;
8394
8395 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8396 relocations with plabels. */
8397 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8398 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8399 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8400 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8401 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8402 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8403 return 0;
8404
8405 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8406 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8407 return 0;
8408
8409 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8410 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8411 return 0;
8412
8413 return 1;
8414 }
8415
8416 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8417 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8418 within GAS. */
8419
8420 int
8421 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8422 struct fix *fixp;
8423 {
8424 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8425
8426 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8427 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8428 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8429 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8430 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8431 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8432 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8433 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8434 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8435 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8436 return 1;
8437 #endif
8438 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8439 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8440 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8441 return 1;
8442 #endif
8443
8444 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8445
8446 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8447 linking works. */
8448 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8449 return 1;
8450
8451 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8452 entry if they're going to need either a argument relocation or long
8453 call stub. */
8454 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8455 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8456 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8457 return 1;
8458
8459 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8460 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8461 {
8462 valueT distance;
8463
8464 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8465 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8466 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8467 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8468 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8469 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384)
8470 #endif
8471 )
8472 return 1;
8473 }
8474
8475 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8476 return 1;
8477
8478 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8479 return 0;
8480 }
8481
8482 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8483 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8484 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8485 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8486
8487 static void
8488 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8489 {
8490 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8491 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8492 char *name;
8493
8494 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8495 {
8496 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8497 or other problems. */
8498 return;
8499 }
8500
8501 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8502 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8503 + 1);
8504 if (name)
8505 {
8506 symbolS *symbolP;
8507
8508 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8509 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8510
8511 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8512 symbol will have already been defined. */
8513 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8514 if (symbolP)
8515 {
8516 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8517 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8518
8519 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8520 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8521 xfree (name);
8522 }
8523 else
8524 {
8525 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8526 last instruction of the function */
8527 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8528 frag_now);
8529
8530 assert (symbolP);
8531 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8532 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8533 }
8534
8535 if (symbolP)
8536 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8537 else
8538 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8539
8540 }
8541 else
8542 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8543
8544 }
8545
8546 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8547 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8548 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8549 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8550
8551 void
8552 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8553 {
8554 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8555
8556 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8557 call_info_pointer;
8558 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8559 {
8560 elf_symbol_type *esym
8561 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8562 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8563 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8564 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8565 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8566 }
8567 }
8568
8569 static void
8570 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8571 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8572 {
8573 struct fix *new_fix;
8574
8575 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8576
8577 if (new_fix)
8578 {
8579 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8580 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8581 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8582 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8583 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8584 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8585 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8586 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8587 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8588 }
8589 }
8590
8591 static void
8592 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8593 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8594 {
8595 struct fix *new_fix;
8596
8597 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8598
8599 if (new_fix)
8600 {
8601 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8602 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8603 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8604 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8605 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8606 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8607 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8608 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8609 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8610 }
8611 }
8612 #endif
A mirror of the official binutils-gdb repository